HomeMy WebLinkAboutR-2009-232 Ten-8 Purchase of Ladder-Fire Dept RESOLUTION NO.2009-232
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF DANIA BEACH, FLORIDA,
AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO PURCHASE ONE 2009
PIERCE VELOCITY PUC (PUMP UNDER CAB) 75' AERIAL
LADDER IN THE AMOUNT OF $758,795.00 PLUS $28,300.00 FOR
A 5 YEAR EXTENDED WARRANTY EQUALING A TOTAL OF
$787,095.00 FROM TEN-8 FIRE EQUIPMENT, INC., UNDER THE
FLORIDA FIRE CHIEFS' ASSOCIATION, FLORIDA SHERIFFS'
ASSOCIATION BID NO. 08-08-0909, WITHOUT COMPETITIVE
BIDDING AND WITHOUT ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS;
PROVIDING FOR FUNDING; PROVIDING FOR CONFLICTS;
FURTHER, PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, the Charter of the City of Dania Beach, Part III, Article 3, Section 4,
Subsection (J), authorizes the City Manager to purchase supplies, services, equipment and
materials for the City government in amounts in excess of $25,000.00 without competitive
bidding and without advertisement for bids if he is authorized to do so in advance by a resolution
adopted by the City Commission and if such purchases are made pursuant to a competitive bid
obtained within the last twelve (12) months by other governmental agencies such as the federal
government, State of Florida or a Florida county or municipality; and
WHEREAS, the City Fire Chief and City Manager have determined that it is necessary and
prudent to purchase a Pierce Velocity PUC 75' Aerial Ladder for use by the City Fire-Rescue
Department and to declare the City's existing ladder truck surplus and available for sale upon
receipt and activation of the new 75' Aerial Ladder; and
WHEREAS, the City Manager has determined that such purchase can be made using the
Florida Sheriff's Association Bid from Ten-8 Fire Equipment, Inc. in the amount of$787,095.00
which includes a 5 year extended warranty ( copy of the contract is attached as Exhibit "A"); and
WHEREAS, due to new construction in the City, 75' ladder trucks are required and the
cost difference between a base model Pierce Arrow XT ladder truck and a 75' ladder truck is
approximately $337,999.00 per truck; and
WHEREAS the 2010 approved Capital Project Fund reflects plans for loan financing to
provide funds purchase of a 75' ladder truck in an amount of$781,883.00;
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE
CITY OF DANIA BEACH, FLORIDA:
Section 1. That the City Manager is authorized to pay an amount not to exceed the sum
of$787,095.00 to Ten-8 Fire Equipment, Inc., 2904 59`h Avenue Drive East, Bradenton, Florida
34203 for the purchase of a 2009 Pierce Velocity PUC 75' Aerial Ladder.
Section 2. That the Director of Finance is authorized to fund this purchase through the
appropriation of$28,300.00 from available General Fund - Fire Impact Fees reflected in account
#001-0000-271-0300 to the Capital Projects Fund, and using $758,795.00 from the Capital
Projects Fund acquired from the issuance of future loan financing by the City.
Section 3. That the future annual costs of Fire Department facility and equipment loan
repayments shall be budgeted and repaid first from Fire Reserves and Impact Fees and then from
adjustment to Fire funding assessments in future years.
Section 4. That all resolutions or parts of resolutions in conflict with this Resolution are
repealed to the extent of such conflict.
Section 5. That this Resolution shall be in force and take effect immediately upon its
passage and adoption.
PASSED and ADOPTED on December 8, 2009.
0"t -- c7Gi'o
ANNE CASTRO
MAYOR - COMMISSIONER
ATTEST: S FIRSr
U1lJ ��o
ti
LOUISE STILSON, CMC
CITY CLERK
APPROVED AS TO ORM AND CORRECTNESS:
THOMASJANS O
CITY ATTORNEY
2 RESOLUTION NO. 2009-232
PROPOSAL FOR FURNISHING FIRE APPARATUS
October 14 2009
Dania Beach Fire Rescue
100 W Dania Beach Boulevard
Dania Beach,FL 33004
The undersigned is prepared to manufacture for you, upon an order being placed by you,for final
acceptance by Pierce Manufacturing,Inc.,at its home office in Appleton, Wisconsin,the apparatus and
equipment herein named and for the following prices:
One 2009 Pierce HAL Velocity PUC Aerial(rr),$818,795.00 $ 758,795.00
Purchase thru Florida Sheriffs Association Bid 08-08-0909
FSA Spec.#5 HAL Ladder
Aerial to match unit 22581 from Dania P.0 #043828 7/7/09
Pierce single unit discount of$60,000.00 included with price
Pricing contingent on available 2009 engines and 2009 pricing
Equipment Quote SVQ11700 to be purchased Oct,2010
quote not to exceed 4%for 2010 equipment pricing.
Delivery not before Oct 2010
Five year warranty of$28,300.00 28,300.00
Total $ 787,095.00
Said apparatus and equipment are to be built and shipped in accordance with the specifications
hereto attached,delays due to strikes,war,or intentional conflict,failures to obtain chassis,materials,or
other causes beyond our control not preventing,within about Oct 2010 working days after receipt of this
order and the acceptance thereof at our office at Appleton, Wisconsin,and to be delivered to you at
Dania Beach Fire Rescue
The specifications herein contained shall form a part of the final contract,and are subject to
changes desired by the purchaser,provided such alterations are interlined prior to the acceptance by the
company of the order to purchase,and provided such alterations do not materially affect the cost of the
construction of the apparatus.
The proposal for fire apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation(DOT)
rules and regulations in effect at the time of bid,and with all National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)
Guidelines for Automotive Fire Apparatus as published at the time of bid,except as modified by customer
specifications. Any increased costs incurred by first party because of future changes in or additions to said
DOT or NFPA standards will be passed along to the customers as an addition to the price set forth above.
Unless accepted within 30 days from date,the right is reserved to withdraw this proposition.
PIERCE MANUFA ING, IN
By:
SALES REPRES NT TIVE
4C
Component List 2 162009
Customer: Dania Fire Rescue Bid Number:5318
Repreaentatise: Michael Schneider OB Version:220299
Organisation:Ten-8 Fire Equipment.Inc.
Description:75'HAL Velocity PUC TCO
Body:Aerial,HD Ladder.75'HAL PUC
Chassis: Velocity Chassis,Aerials,31 K
Line PRIDE k Component Qty Price
Florida Sheriffs Association Bid 08-08-0909-Base Specification f105 1 $515,553.00
1 0543759 Boiler Plates Aerial 75'HD Ladder 1 $0.00
D018180-Single-So rce Compliance(Aerials)-- - - -____-- ---1 -- -- -40.00--
30028079 Match Not Required 1 $0.00
4 0533316 Com I NFPA 1901 Changes Efrective Jan 1.2009,With Exceptions 1 $0.00
5 W09036 Career/Paid Department 1 50.00
6 0533351 Ouint Fire Apparatus 1 $0.00
7 0588612 Vehicle Certification,Aerial W/Pump 1 $0.00
90588623 lAsency,Apparatus Cerlification,Aerial w/Pum ,U.L. 1 $0.00
9 0589609 JVehicle Destination,US 1 S0.00
10 0537375 JUnit of Measure,US Gallons 1 S0.00
11 0000007 IArwraval Drawing 1 $0.00
12003DO08 lWarmoltv.Custom Chassis I S0.00
13 0511612 lWarranty,Three 3 Year,Custom Chassis Impel&Velocity 1 $0.00
14 0030006 JBid Bond not requested 1 $0.00
15 0540326 Performance Bond,Not Requested I S0.00
16 0529392 Velocity Chassis Aerials,31 K Single Axle,75'HAL PUC(Big Black 1 $20,214.00
17 0000109 Seating Capacity,Cab 4 $0.00
18 0000110 Wheelbase 1 $0.00
Wheelbase-231.00
19 0000070 GVW Rating I S0.00
GVWrati .53800
20 0000203 Frame Rail 13.38 x 3.50 x.375.DLX/ tm!Enf/AXT/im Nei I $0.00
21 0080999 Frame Liner Inv"L",Internal"C', 12.06"x 3,00"x.25,75'HAL AXT7Velllmp I $0.00
22 0508946 Axle,Front Oshkosh TAK-4,Non Drive,24.000 lb,Velocity 1 $0-00
23 0000322 Oil Seals Front Axle I S0.00
24 0087572 Shock Absorbers KONI,on TAK-4 DLX1 tm/AXT(Enf.4m Nel 1 S0.00
25 0530467 Axle,Rear,Meritor RS30-185 31 000 lb,Imp/Vol 1 $0.00
26 0530524 Warren Axle,Rear,Meritor,2 Year Pegs and Labor 1 $0.00
27 0$44244 op Seed of Vehicle,60 MPH 1 $0.00
28 0000485 Oil Seals Rear Axle 1 $0.00
29 0090914 ISuspension,Front TAK-4,24,000 lb.DLX! nvAXT/Vel 1 $12,799.00
30 0122074 ISuspen.Rear,Standens,Spring,31,000 tb,Im iVel 1 S0.00
31 00ID670 I ABS Wabco Brake System,Single rear axle 1 $0.00
32 0030185 Brakes,Knorr/Bendix 17" Disc,Fri,TAK-4, DLX%Enf/ tm,AXT'Im :Vel 1 $0.00
33 0000740 111ralkes.Mentor Cam Rear, 16.50 x 8.63" 1 $0.00
34 0001220 lEnitisic Brake Jacobs 1 $0,00
Switch,Engine Brake-d ISM/ISL
35 k0058463Air Com ressor,Brake,Beadix 15.8 CFM 1 $0.00
36Brake Resuvoirs,Four 1 50.00
37Air D er,Wabco S stem Saver 1200 1 S0.00
38Brake Lines,N 'lon 1 $0.00
39Air Inle w,DisconneN Cou n f 50.00
Location,Air Cou li s -a DS Ste Well
40All Wheel Lockup(Aerial Tanker Chassis) 1 $0.00
Page ' of 10 '
41 0517199 Engine,DDC Series 60 14.OL 455 hp. I550 Tor ue, W REPTO,Velocity.2007 1 $301834.00
42 0550519 Engine Installation Certification.Velockj DDC Series 60 1 $0.00
43 0123135 Air Intake.w%Embers razor Im 'Vel 1 $0.00
44 0521984 Exhaust System,5". ISM,S60 2007 engine,Officer Side 1 $0.00
45 0035723 Clutch,Fen Air Actuated,Horton Drive Master,2002 DLX AXT'Im Val 1 $0.00
46 0001244 High Idle w'Electronic Engine.Custom D.00
1 $
47 0511426 Coolin Hoses,Silicone 1 $0.00
48 0123594 Radiator,Im el I S000
49 0122516 Fluid Check Access, Im .'Vet I 50.00
50 OD94006 I Fuel Tank,65 gal.HAL 1 50.00
51 0001129 Lines Fuel 1 S000
52 0023746 Cooler.Chassis Fuel,Not Re 'd. 0.00
53 0510327 Cooler,En ine Fuel,Im 'Vel,AXT. im S$ 00
54 0001290 Fuel Pumpfor Reprinting 1 I 1 $3$0..00
55 0001290 Shutoff Valve,Fuel Line Q Filter 1 $116.93
__..._....._ ---560001292" Shu-MffVal 2 uetZine Filter 1 $0.00
57 0510123 Trans Allison Gen IV 4D00 EVS P Im Nel 1 $9,307.00
58 0510876 Trarrsmission Shifter,6-Spd,Push Button I 50.00
Trans ratio"3000 EVS,6SPd
59 0517 004 Transmission Programming,Park to Neutral,PUC 1 SO.00
60 0307303 Transmission Oil Cooler Champ I $0.00
61 0046369 lWarrivity.5-year EVS Transmission,Standard Custom I $0.00
62 0001375 Driveline S I=1910 1 $0.00
63 0123392 ISteeriniz.Shepprd MI 10 w/tilt,TAK-4,3 Line Pump I SO.00
64 0509230 ISteering Wheel,4 Spoke without Controls I S0.DO
65 0078245 Tires Michelin 445/65R22.50 20 ply XZY 3 tread 24,000 YAK 4 1 $343.00
66kDO577813
Wheels Frt,Alum Alcoa,22.50"x 13.00" 425/445 1 $1,449.00
67Tiros, 4 Michelin,315/80R22.50 20 I XDN2 Gri 1 $0.00
68 Wheels,fir Alum,Alco 22.50"x 9.00"sin le rear 1 $0.00
69Chocks,Wheel,SAC-44-E Foldn I $465.72
70Moumin Brackets,Chocks,SAC-44-E Foldin 1 $325.37
Location Wheel chock-under driver side front com artment D471Bands,Wheel Safe Bends T on,Custom Chassis 2 S1,725.10
Location-each front tire
72 0003245 lAxic Hub Covers w/center hole StS,Front Axle I $89AS
73 0001960 1AxIc Hub Coven Rear,S/S,High Hat Pair 1 S186.37
74 0002045 1 Mud fla ,wHo o front&rear 1 $0.00
75 0542199 ITire Pressure and Temperature Monitoring System 1 $1,646.87
,Tire Pressure Sensor-6
76 0199341 lCab. Velocity,84"wt10"RR With Dee Notch Aerial 1 $12633.00
77 0543951 Cab IntepAry,Certification Velocity 1 $0,00
78 0549950 Cab Door Durability,Velocity/impel 1 $0.00
79 0546385 Cab Point)Enclosure, PUC 1 SO.00
80 0509532 Floor Rubber Padded Cab&Crew Cab,Im 'Vel 1 SO.00
81 0199245 Window,Side of GC Fixed.84"/104"Velllmp 1 $0.00
82 0012090 Not Rewired.Windows,Front/Side of raised roof 1 $0.00
83 0$09287 Windows Rear CC,(2) 8"x 14",Im Vcl 1 50.00
84 0520339 Trim,Cab Side Windows,84"Vel 1 $0.00
85 0510913 lTrim.Cab Rear Windows, lmpiVel 1 $0.00
86 0548951 Electric Window Darabili Velocig Impel 1 $0.00
87 0550979 Refrigerator,Norcold DE-0051.2.7 Cu.Ft.,ACIDC I S1,429.57
88 0538579 Compt, Druk Box,LockinZ Inside EMS,Location I8"Wide 8"High. 12"Dee 1 $470.72
Location,TBD at pre build meeti
89 0525761 Door.Half-Height.Raised Roof Cab,Brushed Stainless Panel 1 S403.88
90 0529167 Not Required,ScutT iates.Cab Door.Im 'Vel I SO.00
91 0510218 Controls Electric Windows,All Cab Doors. Impel& Velocity 1 $0.00
92 0550144 Lo o.Emblem,on Horn Button 1 $0.00
Text.Row Three-D
Page 2 of 10
Text.Row Two-B
Text,Row One-T
93 0123686 Drip Rail,Cab Roof,lm :V'el 1 $245.03
94 0536952 Knox-Box4D Sentralok.Surface Mounted,Cab 1 $1.240.96
Location-TBDat pre build meeting
Knox-Box Sentralok Oesc-model 3931 w.Amber Lt
Knox-Box Sentralok Model-model 3931 *-Amber Lt
95 0520297 Tray,Sliding,Transverse Compartment,Alum,84"/104"Vel 1 S755.32
96 0517008 ISteps,Stirrup,Cab&Crew Cab Doors,Im Vei 1 $889.67
97 0123176 lGrille,Bright Finished Front of Cab,Impel/Velocity Impel/Velocity 1 $0.00
98 0552724 lCabirms,Storage,CC,84"Vel,Upper Section,Ext.Access 1 $4,323.82
99 0002140 Fenders,S/S on cab 1 $D.00
100 0527032 Trim SiS Band Across Cab Face Recl Lights,Velocity I S0.00
Material Trim/Scuff late-e)S/S Patterned
101 0087357 Molding.Chrome on side of cab 1 $0.00
- 102 0122455 Eab Lift Elec/H d-Im +Vet- - -- - - i $0.00
103 0032191 Mirrors Ramco,wrboh-on convx,htdrrtnt,Door rant 600DFFHR-750 1 S663.00
104 0123627 Bumper,26"extended,Imp/Vel 1 $141.00
105 0510226 Lill&Tow Package,Im Ve),AXT I S0.00
106 0012225 Gravel Pan Extended Bumper 1 $0.00.
E07 0551539 Strap,Black Nylon Hold-down,Velcro Hose Tray 1 $121.52
0522573 No Tow Hooks Required,Due to Lift and Tow package 1 $0.00
0199667 Cab Interior,ABS Console Vinyl Covered Waits,Im Nel I 50.00
Color Cab Interior Vinyl-c Black
0509492 Cab Interior int color Im el 1 50.00
Color Cab Interior Paint-a ra0550229 Stora a Pockets w/Elastic Cover Recessed Rotomolded Im el I 50.00
0543257 Grab Handles Driver Door Post&Passenger Dash pnel,Imp/Vel 1 $0.00
113 0121848 Seat Driver,Pierce PS6,Premium Salety,Air Ride Hi-Back 1 $633.00
114 0122116 ISM,Officer,Pierce P96,Premium Safety,Air Ride,SCBA 1 $302.00
115 0122196 ISeat.Rr Facing C/C PS Outboard.Pierce PS6,Premium Safety,SCBA 1 $1,572.53
116 0122183 ISeat Rr Facing C/C DS Outboard,Pierce PS6 Premium,Safety,SCBA 1 $234.00
117 0102783 Not Required,Seat,Rr Facing C/C,Center 1 $0.00
118 0108190 Not Required.Seal Forward Facing CC,PS Outboard 1 $0.00
119 0108189 Not Required,Seat Forward Facing CC,DS Outboard 1 $0.00
120 0199931 Cabinet,EMS,Forward Facing,Center,42 Wide x 38 High x 24 Deep,Lt Ftr,PUC 1 $1 884.36
Light,Short EMS Com t-Amdor,Both Sides
Door,EMS Cabinet-Gortite Roll Up Door,w/lock
False Floor,EMS Cabinet-No False Floor
121 0510038 lRadio Com Behind Fit Passenger Seat, Im :Vet 1 $0.00
122 0511300 U holstery Seats In Cab,All Imperial 1200,Pierce PS6 1 $0.00
Color,Cab Interior Vinyl-c Black
123 0543991 Bracket Air Bottle Hands-Free It,Cab Seats 5 S2,901.00
124 0547293 Seat Belts,Red 1 $0.00
125 0549273 Seal Bell Anchors and MountingCertification.Veloci !Im 1 1 $0.00
126 0542388 Seat Beh MonitoringSystem I S0.00
127 0543(33 Bracket,Helmet Holder,Zito UHH-I 1 $0.00
Helmet StorageBrkt-4
128 0075704 Light&Alarm.Seat Belts Not Fastened,Position Indicated On Color Display,MUX I S1,019.63
Seats,Not Buckled-4
129 0518633 Frontal ImpactProtection,Cab 1 $1.791.37
130 0509333 Side Roll Protection Package,Cab, ImpVel I S6,483.14
131 0019914 Warrant%..Cab(5ab1DLX'Enf/AXT-Qtm*'fixed ste 'IMP!VEL) 1 $0.00
132 0002526 Light,Engine Com ,All Custom Chassis 1 $0.00
133 050 9978 Li is Dome,Weldon,LED,Two 2 Lights,Dual Light and Lens 1 5100.84
134 2509961 Lights. Dome CC.(2)Weldon,incandescent.Red,Cfew,MUX only I S0.00
t35 0509656 ILiahts,Cab and Crew Cab Access Ste s,Ri-Ter,LED*Bezel.2 Lights Per Step 1 $61.08
1360122520 lHeater defroster. Imp Vel I $o.00
Page 3 of 10
137 0548947 Cab Heater and Defroster Certification.Veiocih'Impel 1 I SO.00
138 0122521 Air conditioning,Inn 'Vel,Aerial 1 50.00
1390539754 Auxiliary Air Condnioner Carrier A! V-HC. II5V.Aerial.Ft.Lauderdale I S3,045.75
1400548940 Cab Air Conditioning Performance. VelociD Intel 1 $0.00
I41 0509646 Cab Instruments. Ivory Gau es w Chrome Bezels,Impel Velocity 1 $0.00
142 0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Inn Nel,AXT 1 $0.00
143 0309905 Wiper control,2-speed w,4 speed intermittent,Impel*Velocit% 1 $0.00
144 0548967 Windshield Wiper Durabili ,inn ei'Veloci 1 $0.00
145 0123610 Instrument Console Rotomolded With Work Surface,Inn Vel 1 $0.00
146 0123613 Console Extension,Rotomolded,With Trays.Velocity 1 SO.00
147 OD02565 Hourmeter Aerial Inside Cab 1 SO.00
148 0002615 Switch Aerial 12V Master 1 $0.00
149 0002617 PTO switch will ht-aerial 1 $0.00
150 0515526 Computer Mount.Universal Swivel Only,Standard Computer Cradle,Vel,'Imp 1 $598.511
151 0057321 Radio,Panasonic w•/CD and NOAA Weatherband 1 $1,174.52
.....---- -_..-- Location / edio--awttin reach of the iliiver
,
Antenna AMfFM Radio-c)Roof-mounted Tubber antenna
S eskers,AM/FM Radio-c Two(2)Mirs of speakers
Remote for AM FM Radio-wo ithout remote control
152 0022853 Antenna,Mount Only,For 2-way Radio Std DLX/Enf/AXT'IMPiVEL 1 $62.74
153 M9921 Switch in Cab Membrane, Inn INelocl / uamum 1 $0.00
Location,Emerit Sw Pnls-Driver's Side Overhead
154 050996' Pierce Command Zon Advanced Electronics and Control System, Diagnostic LEDs I SO.00
155 0097852 Vehicle information Center,7"Color Display.MUX 1 $l 916.35
156 0543930 Vehicle Daft Records Dual Module 1 $0.00
137 0552117 Intercom,Fire-Cont 3010R. WIRELESS 5-Pos,3-Radio,D,O 2C P 1 $6.207.55
location,intercom C Cab-1 rear facing seats
158 0006240 Cable Radio to Intercom Interface,Fire•Com 1 $361.14
Radio,Two-Way Make/Model-TBD at pre build meeting
159 OD20335 Hangars,For Headsets Each 4 $120.91
Location-all four seats
160 10035726
19901 Precision Inst.,Two-We Radio,Cust.Supplied to Precision(Pumper/Aerial) 1 S820.20
Radio 2-W Make/Model-TBD
Location-Pierce TBD
161 79211 Batteries 6 Ezide G 31 950 CCA each,Threaded Stud t $412.00
16208621 Bane S tent Single Stan,All Custom Chassis 1 SO.00
16323174 Bane Co[ artment,Inn /Vet 1 $0.00
16491826 Ch Sn 1 S 73 AMP,Charger and Power Supply 1 S1,198.68
16512792 Location,Charger,Front left body corn t I 50.00
Location-D4 back wall a high
16630960 Not R uired,Remote Bette Charger Indicator 1 $0.00
167 Alternators Dual S stem 540 am ,Leece-Neville S602002 DLX/AXTIVet 1 $921.00
163 0029034 Antenna,Mount Only.For 2-way Radio SKI cable routing 2 $232.73
Location:1-TBD
Location-TBD
169 0033014 Witiny.Spare.Pair,Each Third Circuit I S123.45
Location-in cab between driver&officer
12vdc power from-a battery direct
Fuse, 12VDC-b lO amp breaker
Wire termination- 15 amp power point plus.
170 0090316 Wirin are Pair.Each Second Circuit 1 $103.49
Location-TBD in cab
12vdc oower from-a battery direct
Fume, 12VDC-d 20 amp breaker
Wire termination-9 terminal strip
171 0092582 toad Mana er'Se uencer.MUX 1 S0.00
Enable Disable Hi-ldle-e)tfisih Idle enable
172 0545073 Amp Draw Report,NTPA 2009 Edition 1 $0.00
Page 4 of 10
N
0002758 Am Dram,NFPA Radio Allowance I 50.00
0525517 Li htin FMVSS.Cab.Ri-Tar LED Clearance•ID,Im ei'VelocitN Rect Headlts 1 S366.10
0519379 Li ht,Front Zone Whelen Su r 600 LED.2 r. Bezel.VEL'IMP I S1,003.00
Color,Whln Su 600 LEDOUT-a rd rd
Color,ll'hln Su 600 LEDJNN-a rd rd
0005910 Alarm,Back-u Wamin ECCO SA917-PM2 I S0.00
0031972 Manuals,Two(2),Fire A ratus Parts Custom Chassis I S0.00
0002905 Manuals,Two 2 Chassis Service,Custom 1 $0.00
179 0032433 Manuals,Two 2 Chassis Operation,Custom 1 $0.00
180 5524627 Warranty,Command Zone Components.Chassis,5 years,VeVlm el' tm,AXT MUX 1 $0.06
181 0039115 Electrical Dia rams, 12V As-Built on CD Custom Chassis NOR/Aerial Multi Unit 1 $8,311.39
Mull Trk Cr Cum HDR+Aer-Si le Truck Order
Diagrams,Hard Co -Two hard copies
182 0529398 Aerial,HD Ladder,7S HAL PUC Quint,Alum Bod• 1 43,525.00
183 0527465 Tank,Water,500 Gallon,Pol• 75'HAL.PUC 1 S1,149.00
_ 184 0003405 Overflew;4"Wattn�fmk ) _- 50.00
I85 0028104 Foam Cell Required l $0.00
186 00034'1 WarrantyLifetime UPF 1 $0.00
187 0003429 No Direct Tank Fill R 'd 1 $0.00
188 0073961 Hose Bed,Alum,PS TCO 75'HAL I S0.00
199 0003492 Hose Bed Capacity,Special Amount PAP/PAUSkvArm I $0.00
Capacity,Hosebad-800'5'-30W 2.5"
190 0551509 Hose Restraint Hesebed,Aerial 1 $0.00
191 0532 661 Runnin board PVC HAL I S1,005.41
192 0073480 Turntable Ste Morton Cass,Swing-Down.DS only,TCO.75'HAL 1 $0.00
193 0074515 Tow E es 2 75'HAL I 90.00
194 0064523 JConstruction,Com t Alum,3rd Gen,75'HAL I $0.00
195 0553067 MDLDS From,FH Roll/Lap,w/Ladder Storage Blister TCO,75'HAL,PUC I S3,160.00
196 0553070 lCompt,DS Turntable FH Lap,TCO,mi Ladder Storage Blister 75'HAL 1 $627.00
197 0553071 Com t PS Front,Ro)VLa TCO,75'HAL,PUC 1 $1 901.00
198 0057965 Com t PS Turntab Lap,FW Chute,TCO,75'HAL 1 $0.00
199 0072005 ICompt,Rear,Gorthe Roll-up Door.TCO,75'HAL 1 $0,00
200 0532164 Doors Lap w/l DS Roll-up,Side Com ts,PUC 1 $0.00
Color,Gortite,Roll-u Door-Painted
201 0004023 Bumper,S/S,Rear Aerial 1 $394.37
202 0003992 Tray.500 lb Slide-out,2"Sides-Floor Mounted 2 $1,378.35
Location-driver side compartment D4 and P4
203 0062635 Tray,Ad'.,30 Deg,Tilt/Slide-out, 215 Ib,3G 3 $1,727.19
Location-one each mounted high in the following compartments D2,04,P4
204 0552174 E u' ment Storage,Transvemed,Below Xla s m/Backboard Storage,PUC 1 $1002,60
205 0062619 Shelves,Adjustable,300 lb Capacity,116"Brushed Aluminum 340 7 $1,147.98
Location,Shelf-Two in the following compartments DI.P4 one each in the following
corn artmems D3 PI P3
206 0530197 No Additional Shelf Tracks Required 3rd Gen 1 $0.00
207 0061917 Rubrail,Aluminum Extruded.3.12",Side of Body I S0.00
208 0515441 Fender Crowns,Rear,SIS,WiRemovable Fender Liner 1 $715.82
209 0519849 Not Required,Hose.Hard Suction 1 $0.00
210 0527021 Handrails Located Q Front Body I S0.00
211 0062640 Insert Air Bottle Com 1,"W"Shaped 4 $557.20
212 0074030 Compt Air Bottle Dbl, in Fender Panel,Alum.3rd Gen. 8 $3,915.92
Location Bracketicom .-body fender panels
2 1 3 0004 661 Ladder,35'Alco-Litt,PEL3-35 3 Sect I SIA20.23
214 0004260 Ladder,35%Alco-Lice PEL3.35 3-Seclion 1 $0.00
215 0059275 Ladder,24'Alco-Litt PEL:24,2-Sec,(ALP-200-24) 1 $0.00
216 0094266 Ladder, 16'Alco-Lhe PRL-t6 Roo ALP-100-16 2 $870.00
2 I $353.63
210
8 004233 1 Ladder, 14'Alco-Lite AEL.-14 Attic Extension ALP-075.14) 1 $499.34
219 0044243 ILadder. 10'.Alto-Lite Fol ing, FL-10 I S0.00
Page 5 of 10
220 0503085 Ladders Stored at Rear.S ecial DS Tunnel.75'HAL 1 $2,021.24
221 0504485 Pole,Pike iT Akron.Fiberglass 2 5227.25
222 0504484 Pole.Pike 'Akron,Fiberglass,Aerial 2 $157.96
223 0504483 jPole.Pike 6'Akron,Fiberglass.Aerial 2 $143.02
224 0504481 JPole,Pike 3'Akron,Fiberglass,D Handle 2 $178.62
225 0501486 ISteps,Folding,Front Body,Pass Side Onh. Luminescent 1 -E172.54
226 0515695 1PumP,Pierce, 1500 Sin le Stage,PUC 1 53,747.00
227 0515822 Mechanical Seals Silicon Carbide I 5721.69
228 0021446 Pum Setu Charges NJA 1 $0.00
229 0513705 Gearcase Pierce Pump,REPTO-Clutch Drive I 50.00
230 0521309 PumpiaR Mode,Pump and Roll/Stationary,Basic,PUC 1 $0.00
231 0515829 PUMP Shift,Sure-Shift I 50100
232 0515833 Transmission Lock-up,Not Rccfd, Park to Neutral.Pump.PUC I 50.00
233 0515835 Auxiliary Cooling System.PUC I W00
234 0014486 o Transfer Valve Required on I Stage Pump) 1 $0.00
-
...._._..___-._-_. - 235 0013050 VslvVe�'lnt •e, ron I -SO-00
236 0515838 Controller,Pressure Pierce,PUC i Sn.00
ll
237 0072153 Primer,Trident,Air Prime,Air operated 1 $0.00
238 0516693 arranty Pierce Pump,6 Yrs Limited I 50.00
239 0516694 Manuals,Pump(2),CD,Pierce Pump 1 SO.FD11
240 05 1 99 52 Plumbin&Stainless Steel&Hose, PUC I $1 000.12
241 0064656 Not Required.Black Iron Pipe with SIS Plumbing 1 $0•00
242 0032998 Warranty,10 Year S/S Pumbinx I 50.00
243 0517952 Inlets,COD"- 1500 GPM, Pierce Pump 1 $0.00
244 0004646 Cap,Long Handle Pump Inlet,NST-VLH 1 $0.00
245 0084610 Valves Akron 80DO series-All 1 $0.00
246 0004662 inlet,LH Side,2.50" aced 1 $0.00
247 0004680 Inlet RH Side 2.50"=red 1 $1,030.95
249 0520002 IValve,Inle s Recessed,Side Cmrl,PUC 1 $390.52
249 0521137 Anode Zinc,Pair,Pump Inlets,PUC I 50.00
250 0004700 Inlet Control At Valve 1 $0.00
251 0092569 No Rear Inlet(Lwac Die Requested I 50.00
252 OM696 No Rear Suction Cap I 50.00
253 0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation 1 50.00
254 ON9648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Re 'd 1 WOO
255 0092568 No Rear Inlet auxilie Requested 1 $0.00
256 0563738 IValve,.75 Bleeder,Aux.Side Inlet,Swing Handle 1 $0.00
257 0520277 ILine, 1 3.00"Valve/4"PlbTank to Pum ,PUC 1 $0.00
258 0004910 lOutlet.2.00"Tank Fill 1 $549.00
259 0516755 1 Outlets,LTA Side 2.50" 2 PUC I SO.00
260 009237D No Additional Outlet I-H)Requested I 50.00
261 0516759 Outl s RH Side,2.50", 1 Electric Control.PUC I 5440.00
262 000$030 Outlet,RH 3.00"w/3.00" added 1 12188,81
263 0516766 Outlet,4"w/4"Valve,Right Side,Akron valve,Electric,PUC 1 $S 208.46
264 0552797 Outlet I May,Recessed Top of Bump, 1,5"wR.S" Plb&Swivel,Cover, 1 $3,946.90
265 0092575 No Rear Outlet Requested 1 $0.00
266 0092574 No Rear Outlet Added Requested 1 $0.00
267 0092573 No Hosebed/Running Board Outlet 1 $0.00
268 0085076 Caps for 1.50"-3.00"Discharges-VLH I $0.00
269 0563739 Valvro .75 Bleeder Discharges,Swing Handle I $0.00
270 0055095 INot Required,2.5"Elbows.LH 1 $0.00
271 10-045099
035094 No Elbows Re 'd Added LH Outlets 1 50.00
272 21134 Not Required,Elbows. RH 1 50.00
273 045097 Elbow,3"FNST x 5"Storz wrCa 1 $212.14
274 No Elbows Re 'd. Rear Outlets I $0.55
275 0085695 No Elbows Re 'd.Added Rear,Large Outlet 1 50.00
276 0527969 C .4.00". IPO Elbow. l ar a Diameter Dischar e I $274.00
777 0516842 IControl.Outlets.SA in g Handle.Elect Pass side Outlets.PLC I SO.00
Page 6 of 1D
278 OD29106 No Deluge Riser Requested U153375.27
0
279 O029302 No Monitor Requested 0
290 00293D4 No Nozzle R 'd 0
281 0029107 No Deluge Mount 0
282 0527482 Waterea Outlet&Control,(PAL). PUC 00
283 0546003 Crossla ys,Upper,(1 1.50",Sid.Cap.W Pols Tras.PUC 00
294 0516878 Crossla , l 2.50"Sid Cap, N'• Poh Tras. PUC 27285 0029260 Not R uired,S eedla s 002860516983 Hose Restraint,Crossle Each Side.PUC 00
287 0516949 1 Foam S s,Husk 12(Sinitic Agent),PUC I S15 265.t6
Dischsr a Foam-2CL Fri Disc
288 0012126 jNot R uired,CAF Compressor I 50.00
289 0031896 Demonstration,Foam System,Dealer Prodded 1 $0.00
290 0020148 Foam Cell, 30 Gallon,Reduce Water 1 $1.655.00
Foam,Brand Name-TBD
T eofFoam-Class"B
291 0505016 Drain 1.00",Foam Tank W 1,Husk j 12 Foam System 1 50.00
292 0091079 Not Required,Foam Tank N2 1 $0.00
293 0091112 Not Required,Foam Tank Drain I 50.00
294 0527468 Pump tators Panel,31","Control Zone".HAL PUC 1 50.00
295 0032479 Pump Panel Conft ursition Control Zone 1 $0.00
296 0005590 SLep,Slide-Out Pump .Platform(Aerial) 1 $0.00
297 0516975 Panel Pump,Gauge,Operators,Brushed S/S,PUC 1 50.00
298 0527615 Pump and Plumbing Access Simple Tilt Service, PUC,NPD 1 50.00
299 0520016 Not Required.Punt Ouse Structure,PUC 1 $0.00
300 0516983 Engine Indicators,Included With Pierce Pressure Controller PUC 1 50.00
301 0005601 Throttle Included w/Pressure Controller 1 $0.00
302 0007541 lindicator Lights @ Pump Panel,Electronic Engines 1 $0.00
303 0511078 Gau es 4"Master-Class 1,30"-0-600 si 1 $0.00
304 OSI1100 Gau a 2.0"Pressure-Class 1,3D"-0-400 si 1 50.00
305 05I7009 Gau Water Level Pierce, In pressure Controller,W. Mini Slave,PUC 1 5942.52
306 0517012 lGauge,Foam Level, Pierce PUC I 5805.58
307 0520243 Li ht,Pump Operator/Pump Operator/Purnp Panel Side Ctrl,PUC I 50.00
308 0509732 113lectrigal,Impel and Velocity 1 $0.00
309 0511445 1LIghts,Ste Ri-Tar LED& 1 l rucklite,w1pump&one access step,75'HAL 1 50.00
310 0517025 ILights,Tail,Wrap-around,Three LED Lights I 5607.48
311 0085910 Li hts Backup Included in Signal Cluster 1 $0.00
312 0511569 ILights,Idemification/Ciearance Rear,Ri-Tar,LED I 50.00
313 3521283 11-ight.Directional/Marker,Intermediate Light,Truck-Lite Model 60115Y LED 1 $122.64
314 0514433 ILighl,Marker End Outline,Rubber Arm,LED Marker Lam 1 $204.41
Location,lights-at rear of apparatus each side
315 0543751 Li h Do Not Move Apparatus 1 $297.00
Alarm,Do Not Move Truck-al Stead Alarm
316 0509042 Messages.O en Door/Do Not Move TruckIm Nei,AXT MUX 1 S0.00
317 0543066 Lights,Com Amdor,LED.NFPA 2009 Minimum 8 50.00
Location-each bodycom artment
318 0005445 Light.Pum Compartment I to.00
319 0091941 Li hM Perimeter Scene Cab Exits.Truck-Lite 44042C,LED EjS11A2.86
687.00
Cab,Perimeter Scene-Cab,4dr Custom
320 OD90222 Li ts,Perimeter Scene,Truck-Lite 44042C LED 4 Lis 426.00
Switch,Location,Perim-Parkin brake
321 0005956 Lights,Deck,Unih 2 A.Rear.Aerial 336.00
322 0544418 Handli his,(d Pelican,3750DWT BigEd, Recha eable Flashii ht ,749.22
Location,lights-cab TBD
323 0545929 Handli hts.Streamli ht,SL-20X-LED.. ith 120v Chareer 423.89
Location,lights-Cab TBD
324 0537041 Camera,Safer Vision. Pierce Dis las.Multiple Cameras
Location,Camera- I Camera a Rear
325 0066052 Air Horns. 2 Grover in Bumper Outside Frame I 5291.00
Location.Air Horn(bm r)-out board of frame
326 OD36062 Control Air Hom,Horn Ring. PS Lan.and 1 $0.00
327 0525667 Siren,Whelen 295SLSA 1, 100 Wart I 50.00
329 0510206 Location.Elect Siren,Recessed Overhead in Console I 50.00
Location,Elec Siren-Overhead.Above Ene Tunnel DS
329 0076156 Control Elec Siren, Head Onit
330 0550230 ISpeaker.Whelen SA314BH w.'Polished Flange. 100 watt 1 $0.00
Connection,Speaker-siren head
331 0548352 fLocation.Recessed in the Front Bumper.Driver Side I 50.00
332 D016080 ISiren, Federal Q2B I $337260
Location-on top of front bumper extension driver side
333 0006097 Location of Siren,Recessed in Bumper I $0.00
Location Siren,Mech-a Left
334 0026163 lControl.Mech Siren IDS&PS Foot Sw 1 $104.09
— --3350065897[LishlbarWhWastrReedomFNMMN 24=UED pair.RED - 1 323ST:00
336 0076042 IURbts.Side Zone Lower,Whelen Super 600 LED,2 r 1 542470
Location.lights rear-behind each crew cab door,rear stabilizer warning lights will be part of
the NFPA side lower warning zone package
Color Whin SuP600 LED FRT-a rdird
Color W hIn Su D0 LED BCK-a Writ
Location lights fn side-b each side bumper
Mange Kit,2 r-wlwith a flange
337 0077435 Light Rear Zone Lower,Whalen Super 900 LED I 5397.00
Color,Whln Sup9OO LED-a rdlyd
Flange Kit-w with flange
338 0077395 Lights,Rear Whelen Super 900 LED,pair 1 $790.90
Color Wh1n Su 900 LED-a rd rd
Control,li ht•a rcer uPper warning
Location,Rear Lights-d rear corn t bulkheads
Flange Kit-w with flange
339 0089745 IUAM.Rear Zone Upper,Whelen L31 HRFN LED Beacon,red LED 1 $937.00
Color.Dorris Rear Warning-b both domes red
340 D006551 Not Required,Li hts Rear Upper Zone Blocking 1 50.00
341 0529838 lLight.Traffic Directing,Code 3 NASL630,3D.50"Long LED 1 $I 331.47
Activation Traffic Dir L-c with the control head
342 0529860 11-ocationm Traf Dir Lt.Surface Mounted Over Rear Door 1 $239.86
343 0530266 ILocation,Traf Dir Lt Controller, Engine Tunnel I 549.93
344 0006646 1 Electrical System,A/C,General Design 1 $0.00
345 0529588 Harrison 9.0 kW,LOMAS•16&D-1101 VI5,1,Hydraulic Hotshift PTO 1 $17,694.77
Location Gen Info Panel-near breaker box
Generator Interlocks.No Interlocks
346 0517171 Location,Hydraulic,Cargo Area,Front of Body,PRMfPUC I 50.00
Location Generator•In cargo area driver side
347 0016 552 Sta 2n Switch for Truck Engine Powered Generator 1 $0.00
348 0016757 Not Required.Remote Stan,Generator 1 $0.00
349 0016740 Not Required,Fuel System I 50.00
350 0016767 Not Required,Oil Drain Extension,Generator I $0.00
351 0016771 Not Requited,Routing Exhaust,Generator 1 $0.00
352 0036738 lCircuit Breaker Panel,Included With PTO Generator 1 $1,603.00
Location,CB Panel-compartment 04
353 0017147 Light,FRC,75OW 120V,FCA570-S75,Fixed Top Mount.Non-telescopic,Focus 4 $3,924.59
Location, 120240 Volt Lt•four corners of bad
354 0016789 Light.FRC 1500W 240V.FC600-M 15,Tripod,Focus 2 $3.112.14
Location, 120.240 Volt Lt-Back wall or cab
Type of Electrical Plug-e 20 imp 240 volt twist-lock
53 0056024 Light,Kwik-Raze, 120 Volt,(a: Ti ,PAL 2 $1,786.46
3 6
Location. Plat I ip AC Lts•C)Dn,r and Pass
Page 8 of 10
Location.Sm.Arl AC Lts-D 2 Pos
Lights,Kwik-Raze-O 750 Wart, 120V
356 0526992 Reel,Elect Cable,Akron,(3)Wire I 51169.70
Location.Cord Reel-dune a area officers side
Reel Guide-b)Captive roller
Finish,Reel-Painted Job Color
357 OD06829 Cord.Electric, 1013 Yellow I S949.20
Feet of Yellow Cord-e 200
Connection Cord-Hubbell 20A 120V Twst Lock
338 0006790 Receptacle,20A 120V 3-Prong Twistlock 4 $986.75
Location,Receptacles-one each side bodl fender panels and two at rest of apparatus
359 0016857 Shoreline.20A 120V,Kussmaul Auto Elect."Super" 1 $443.23
Connection,Shoreline-battery charger
Color,Kussmaul Cover-b red
360 0026800 Shoreline Location 1 578.29
...------.-_....._..---...._._ _. Location-Shoreline s -29-DS-eab,Fn-eomer--_.._.
361 0519547 Brand,Hydraulic Tool System,TNT 1 $0.00
362 0057609 lAerial Device 7308 Tip Load 75'HAL,Single Axle I 52.930.00
363 0538327 lBoomSupport with Compartment,Rear of Cab,Modified,HAL PUC I 5871.07
364 0526893 indicator,Extension, Inside and Outside Handrails 1 $0.00
Cclor-2 red
365 0521270 IStops,Foldln Four Aerial Device,Luminescent I 50.00
366 0070093 Spotbithts,Unity AG-S-4007 PAL 1 $0.00
367 0072198 Electrical System,75'HAL 1 WOO
368 0057644 Control Stations 75'HAL I $0.00
369 0057645 Stabilizers One Set,(75'HAL Single Axle) 1 $0.00
370 0548902 Door Stabilizer Control Box,Stainless Steel 1 $222.41
371 0077495 'Li; Stabilizer Warn 1 Set Whelen Super 600 Flashing LED I 5236.00
Color Whin Su 600 LED,BCK-a rd'rd
lFlaoste Kit.w with flange
372 0069703 [Lizhis,Grote Supernova LED Stabilizer Beam, 1 Set 1 $0.00
373 0057647 Hydraulic System,75'HAL,Single Axle 1 $0.00
374 0057649 JSwivels,75'HAL 28 Collector Rings) I SOAO
375 0006999 lWarrunty,20 Year Structural PAL,PAP I 50.00
376 0120988 Warranty,Hydraulic System,5 Year 1 $0.00
377 0006930 AC Power To Aerial Tip, PAL if SL479.68
378 0006920 Intercom,2-Way Atkinson(PAL) 11 S0.00
379 0340895 Not Required,Breathing Air to Tip,Aerial Ladder 11 50.00
380 0024742 Not Required,Mask,Breathing Air To Tip, 1 $0.00
391 0120902 Remote Pump Panel Control,Ladder,wro Tip Control 1 $8,126.3
382 0056918 Not Required,Raised Aerial Pedestal I WOO
383 0016945 Brackets,Roof ladder @ Aerial FI •Section 1 5397.84
Size,LaddedPike Pole- 12'
384 0006923 UAW EM Roe Rescue Attachment-HDL 1 $392.15
385 0551004 Hose,Hydraulic,TNT 30' Black, Power Supplj to Reel 2 SI 183.28
Location-TBD to reel from power unit.
396 0539794 Reel,Hvd, 100'Ca „.25"Dual Hose 2 54,725.54
Location-TBD at pre build meeting
387 0550994 Hose Hydra.,Red,"TNT" 100' 2 52,883.76
388 0530826 Turntable Access ManSever Bars 1 $605.44
389 0057610 Waterwa .Hi h Flow, 1500 GPM.75'HAL 1 $6,777.00
390 0540650 Monitor,Akron 3578 StreamMaster Electric I $391.40
?Joule,Monitor I PAL-Akron 5179 Electric
391 0542307 Remote Monitor Control r PumpPanel Aerial 1 S2 3!5.00
392 0006973 Flowninder.Class 1.Waterway (PAL)
1 5199.56
393 0074317 Inlet,5.00"w 5.00"Alum. Plumbing at Rear.75'HAL Sin ale Axle I 50.00
394 0011742 uick-Lock Waterway LockingSystem. PAL I 54,342.1 I
395 00489897 Tools,Aerial.PAL PAP Sky Arm 50.00
Page 9 of 10
396 0071462 Manuals and Training,75'HAL NISOO
397 0007150 Bagof Nuts and Bolts
tv,Bap.Nuts and Bolts- I
398 0532894 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,Quint,Prodded by Fire Department
399 0067022 Hose.6,00"Soft Suction- 15 Ft.Lon
400 0027023 No Susiner Required
401 0533273 Extin uisher,D Chemical Quint.Provided by Fire Department
402 0533283 Extin isher,2.1 Gal.Pressurized Water,Quint.Provided by Fire Department
403 0007482 Not Requited,Crowbars 1 50.00
404 OD07484 Not Required Claw Tools I $0.00
405 0533261 We,Flathead,Quint,Provided b Fire Department 1 $0.00
406 0533267 We.Pickhead,Quint,Provided b Fire Department 1 $0.00
407 0007494 Not Required Sledgehammers 1 $0.00
408 0007220 Paint Two Tone,Cab, w.Shield Custom Cab 1 $918.30
Paint Color,UoDer Area-white TBD
)saint oC o�TB1)Daiiie—)3—ea-c6F1- ----_ _
--- -
409 0017241 Paint Chassis Frame Ass .Black Sid. I SO.00
410 0516422 Not R uired,Paint,Aluminum Wheels 1 $0.00
411 0065653 Warranty, 10 Year Standard Paint 1 50.00
412 0007230 Com annrent paint,Spatter V $0.00
413 OD61767 Aerial Ladder Swirl Finish Turntable White a10,HAL I 50.00
414 0544129 Reflective Sand 1"-6"-1" 1 $361.63
Color.Reflect Band-A-a while
Color.Reflect Band•B-1 white
Color Reflect Band-C-w• white
415 00D7357 Reflective on Front Sum I SO.OD
416 0543736 Sul Chevron Rear,Diamond Grade,Aerial,75'HAL TCO/CombO Body 1 $0.00
Color,Rear Chevron DG-fluorescent yellow preen
417 0065697 Stri Reflective,Cab Doors Interior 1 SO.D0
Color Reflective-a white
418 0077366 "No l etterin " Boom Panels Only,Aerial 1 $440.50
Paint,Color-white 410 $4.601.00
419 0027286 Not Required,LetteringSecs I 50.00
42C
Total 5818 795.4b
Page 10 ct 10
Florida Sheriffs Association - Vehicle and Tire Bid Awards Page I of 3
I
4
P
y?
t
Florida Sheriffs Association
1
t
y ,
Vehicle and Tire Bid Awards
Information for 2009-2010
The following documents are stored in PDF format and require you to have Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on
your computer.
NOTE: The awarded dealer"Standby Systems Inc."merged with another company and the new name is now
"ACF Standby Systems,LLC."Please make sure to use the new name when issuing purchase orders.
Effective: October 1,2009 through September 30,2010
. 09-17-0908 Bid Award Announcement (revised)
. 09-17-0908_Bid Award Armo_uncument_(original)
• 09-17-0908_ om fete Bid istin
. 09-17-0908 Contract
. 09-17-0908..Addend4m
Effective:: itberf,
j . 08-08-0909 Bid Award_(pdt)
http://www.flsheriffs.orglindex.cfin/referer/content.con'tentList/ID/322/ 11/2/2009
BID AWARD
ANNOUNCEMENT
08-08-0909J
FIRE RESCUE VEHICLES
& OTHER FLEET EQUIPMENT
Participating Law Enforcement, Fire/Rescue
& Local Governmental
Agencies of the State of Florida
Coordinated By
The
Florida Fire Chiefs' Association
Florida Sheriffs Association,
Florida Association of Counties &
a FAC
FLORIDA
COUNTIES
All About Florida
Name of Manufacturer Base
Type Vehicle Zone Unit Price
SPECIFICATION #04— TYPE III AMBULANCE (4 z 21
(con t'd)
EiR, L.L.C. GMC TC4500 All Zones $127,024.00
Hall-Mark Fire Apparatus GMC TC4500 All Zones $149.825.00
Life Line Emergency Vehicles, Inc. GMC TC4500 All Zones $138,498.00
Quality Emergency Vehicles, Inc. GMC TC4500 All Zones $119.903.00
Ten-8 Fire Equipment, Inc. GMC TC4500 All Zones $123,353.00
Wheeled Coach Industries GMC TC4500 All Zones 8112.330.00
SPECIFICATION #OS -75' RF g MoyMTED AERIAL AppAItATUS
EXTRUDED ALUMMM BODY
Aluminum Ladder:
Hall-Mark Fire Apparatus E-One HP 75 All Zones $538.751.00
Steel Ladder:
Ferrara Fire Apparatus. Inc. FFA Igniter XD All Zones $525.949.00
Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. FFA Intruder 2 All Zones $471,155.00
SPECIFICATION #OS 78' Rlx'A1t MOUNTED AERIAL AppARATtta
FORMED ALUMNUM BODY
Aluminum Ladder:
Ten-8 Fire Equipment. Inc. Pierce Impel 75'HD All Zones $515,553.00
Steel Ladder:
KME Fire Apparatus KME 75'AerialCat All Zones $565,703.00
Ten-8 Fire Equipment, Inc. Pierce Impel 75'HD All Zones $514,270.00
SPECIFICATION #OB 100' REAR MOUNTED AERLAL APPARATUS
EXTRUDED ALUMINUM BODY
Aluminum Ladder:
Hall-Mark Fire Apparatus E•One HP 100 L All Zones $719.299.00
Steel Ladder:
Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. FFA Igniter XD All Zones $631,870.00
SPECIFICATION #06 - 100' REAR MOUNTED AERIAL APPARATUS-
FORMED ALUMINUM BODY
Aluminum Ladder:
Ten-8 Fire Equipment. Inc. Pierce Arrow XT 100' All Zones $621,906.00
Steel Ladder.
KME Fire Apparatus KME 100'AerlalCat "I Zones 5661,129.00
Ten-8 Fire Equipment. Inc. Pierce Arrow XT 105' All Zones 5618,786.00
Base
Bid Award Announcement (08-08-0909) 13
April 9, 2009
Deputy Fire Chief Michael Cassano
Dania Beach Fire Rescue
100 West Dania Beach Blvd.
Dania Beach, FL 33004
Dear Chief Cassano:
On behalf of Pierce Manufacturing Inc. and Ten-8 Fire Equipment Inc., we are pleased to present this proposal
to Dania Beach. We are confident that no other vendor can better meet your equipment, parts, and service
needs. Pierce is reco e"s-It eleader-in-the-Fire Service Industry.--- ----
Pierce offers the largest selection of Custom Chassis' with seven (7) different models, ten (10) different
models of aerials, and over 300 pumper body configurations. We have recently completed a 20 million dollar
building expansion program for special application and rescue vehicles. Pierce also leads the industry with
innovations such as: TAK4 independent suspension, side roll protection, frontal air bags, tire blowout
protection, and Command Zone electrical systems.
The following are some of the fire fighter safety and vehicle enhancement products that are included and
exceed any other apparatus manufactures design:
• Three Year Velocity Chassis Warranty
• Front 240001b Independent Suspension With 17" front Brake
• Front Safety Wheel Blow out Tire Bands
• Certified Cab Crash Tests
• Premium Safety Cab Seating With Hands Free SCBA Brackets
Front Air Bag Safety System
• Side Roll Protection System
• Certified Cab Cooling System
Five Year Command Zone Electrical Warranty
Pierce PUC Pump Six Year Warranty
• Ten Year Stainless Steel Plumbing Warranty
• Pierce Husky Foam System
Twenty Year Structural Aerial Warranty
7501b Aerial Tip Load
1500 GPM Certified Aerial Water Flow
Ten-8 Fire Equipment Inc. is one of a few Pierce certified "Platinum Sales and Service' organizations in the
United States. We offer a parts on-line system with over 15,000 parts, drawings and pictures. Ten-8 operates
FOUR vehicle service centers in Florida, with one located in Pompano Beach.
We sincerely hope that with all factors considered, Pierce will be your choice for this aerial apparatus. Should
you have any questions, please feel free to contact us.
Sincerely,
Michael J Schneider
Ten-8 Fire Equipment Inc
Ten 8 Fire Equipment Inc.
2904 59`h Ave Drive East
Bradenton, FL 34203
800 228 8368
April 10, 2009
Deputy Fire Chief Michael Cassano
Dania Beach Fire Rescue
100 West Dania Beach Blvd.
Dania Beach, FL 33004
Dear Chief Cassano:
As part of our aerial proposal I would like to offer some additional information that would affect
the pricing on the second aerial unit if purchased after 1/2010.
Each year Pierce Manufacturing along with most other manufactures has an annual price
increase that is passed on to us from our suppliers, such as Detroit, Allison, and Rockwell. In
the past the increase has averaged 3% and as high as 5%, we will not be advised as to the
percentage until November this year.
Along with price increase we are facing another change in emission for 2010 that will affect the
cost of truck engines and a redesign of our cabs to help with additional heat. At the last
emissions change our cost went up an avridge from $8,500.00 to over $12,000.00, In the
document bulletin from Jan. 2009 it explains the new change to come.
I feel this information will help with your planning on your upcoming new vehicle purchase, if you
have any questions or require any additional information please give me a call.
Sincerely
,iiichael J Schneider
Michael J. Schneider
Ten 8 Fire Equipment Inc.
Representing Pierce Manufacturing Inc.
One Pierce Velocity PUC 75' Aerial Ladder
For
Dania Beach, Florida
We are pleased to submit a proposal to you for a Pierce® 75' Heavy Duty Aerial Ladder
per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the
apparatus proposed. Loose equipment not specifically requested will not be provided.
PIERCE MANUFACTURING was incorporated in 1917. Since then we have been
building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take
pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire
apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 50 years of
experience in the fire apparatus market. Our plant is located in Appleton, Wisconsin with
over 757,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 97 acres of land. A
multi-million dollar inventory of parts is available to keep your unit in service long after it
has left the factory.
QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our
tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the
rule right from the beginning. We currently have a "Quality Achievement Supplier"
program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we
demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.
Another part of this program is employing experts in their fields, like a Certified American
Welding Society Inspector to monitor our weld quality.
DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all
components while the apparatus is still under warranty.
INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus
will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment
specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant,
transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.
SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one 39-minute,professionally produced
apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations
for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus,
including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspections, chassis operation,pump operation,
aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.
PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no
less than ten(10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor
will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and
be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration
requirements and NFPA 1901 braking requirements. The apparatus when fully loaded will
not have less than 25% or more than 50% on the front axle and not less than 50%or more
than 75% on the rear axle.
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
Certification of insurance coverage will be enclosed.
ISO COMPLIANCE
Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of
ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the "International Organization for
Standardization(ISO)" specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer
for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance
Number 32454 is included with this proposal.
SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides anintegrated approach to the design and manufacture
of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our
headquarters, all chassis, cab, body and aerial systems are engineered, tested and hand
assembled to the customer's exact specifications. Pierce® vehicles are also backed by a
network of sales and service organizations that are dedicated exclusively to the fire service
who are ready to help you 24 hours a day, 7 days a week with parts, service and training.
Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that
offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance and a high level of quality.
NFPA 2009 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2009, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of
Exceptions.
Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be
supplied with delivery of the apparatus.
A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will
show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.
The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and
performance for any staff involved with certifications.
An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and
certify test results.
NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the
National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of
contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA
specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon
delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production
line and after final assembly.
The following tests will be conducted:
-Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on every structural weld to
assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses.
Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on
the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will
conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial
device.
-With aluminum structural components, visual inspection will be performed on
aluminum surfaces (non-magnetic). A liquid penetrant test will be performed
on any suspected defective area. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be
performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.
-Ultrasonic inspection will be used to detect any flaws in pins,bolts and other
critical mounting components.
Functional tests, load tests, stability tests, and visual structural examinations will be
performed. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or
instability characteristics of the unit.
PUMP TEST
The pump will be tested, approved and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the
manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification
of hydrostatic test;the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and
the manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire
Department.
TOTAL VEHICLE ASSESSMENT CERTIFICATION
The apparatus will be third party, independent, audit certified through Underwriters
Laboratory (UL) to the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards. The certification
includes all design,production, operational and performance testing of the apparatus.
GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by
Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be
provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.
BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Underwriters Laboratories will draw an air sample from the
air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989,Standard
on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection.
APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for
approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided
with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of
the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location
of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.
A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to
the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing.
WARRANTY
Limited Warranty
Except as provided below, and provided the vehicle will have been placed in service
within 60 days after delivery to the original purchaser as established by our original
invoice, for a period of 12 months after delivery to the original purchaser, Pierce
Manufacturing Inc. ("Pierce")warrants to the user that its Fire and Rescue Apparatus
vehicles are free of defects in material and workmanship. This limited warranty will
apply only if the vehicle is properly maintained and used in service, which is normal to the
particular vehicle. Normal service means service which does not subject the vehicle to
stresses or impacts greater than normally result from the careful use of the vehicle or
chassis. If the buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing
within 30 days after the date of discovery. This limited warranty is not transferable by the
first user.
A copy of the Pierce warranty is included with this proposal.
WARRANTY 3-YEAR CUSTOM CHASSIS
Each new custom chassis will be warranted to be free from defects in materials or
workmanship under normal use and service. Each manufacturer will supply, on company
letterhead as part of their bid package, a copy of the detailed warranty or warranties that
they propose to provide and in no case will the custom chassis warranty be less than three
(3)years. It will include as the minimum the A/C, defroster and heater systems, spring
suspension components,independent suspension components, steering gears on the
independent suspension, gauge instrumentation, seats, instrument consoles, and a$10,000
collateral damage warranty on the transmission cooler. The electrical system, cab
structural, engine,transmission, frame and crossmembers are to be covered under separate
warranties throughout these specifications.
BID BOND
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:
All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5%bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on
the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department
Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety
Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the
date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal
will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with
good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic
One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material
furnished in the prosecution of the contract.
Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the
sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such
vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other
warranties that are included within this bid(OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if
any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is
incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or
inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision
will prevail.
PERFORMANCE BOND
A performance bond will not be included. If requested,the following will apply:
The successful bidder will provide, within thirty (30) days after award of contract, and
along with a signed copy of the contract, a performance bond, which guarantees
performance of all terms and conditions of the contract and of the Basic One (1)Year
Limited Warranty agreement. The performance bond will specifically cover the
performance of the contract according to its terms and conditions, as well as payment of all
related bills and encumbrances. This performance bond will be issued by a surety
company who is listed by the U.S. Treasury Department's list of approved sureties, as
published in Circular 570, as of the bid date. The performance bond will be issued in an
amount equal to 100% of the contract amount and will be dated concurrent to, or
subsequent to,the date of the contract.
Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the
sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such
vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other
warranties that are included within this bid(OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if
any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is
incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or
inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion,this provision
will prevail.
VELOCITYTm CHASSIS
The Pierce Velocity is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service.
Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be
manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility.
The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate
strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required.
The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity in the cab will be four(4).
WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 231.00.
GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 53,800.
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members
or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall
web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to
10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and
a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 inch-pounds over the critical regions of the
frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200
inch-pounds over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield
strength heat-treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges.
FRAME RAIL WARRANTY
Limited Warranty
Except as provided below, and provided the vehicle will have been placed in service within
60 days after delivery to the original purchaser as established by our original invoice, for a
period of 50 years,which is the estimated useful life of the vehicle, after delivery to the
original purchaser, Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ("Pierce") warrants to the user that its chassis
frame rail manufactured by Pierce are free of defects in design, material, or workmanship.
This limited warranty will apply only if the vehicle is properly maintained and used in
service that is normal to the particular vehicle. Normal service means service that does not
subject the vehicle to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from the careful use
of the vehicle or chassis. If the buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify
Pierce in writing within 30 days after the date of discovery. This limited warranty is not
transferable by the first user.
A copy of the Pierce warranty is included with this proposal.
FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a full-length mainframe liner will be provided. The liner will be an inverted
"L" design that transitions to an internal "C" design towards the rear of the liner. It also
will be heat-treated steel measuring 12.00" x 3.00" x .25" through the "L" portion of the
liner transitioning to 9.38" x 3.00" x .25" through the "C" portion of the liner. Each liner
will have a section modulus of 7.795 cu. in.,yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of
857,462 inch-pounds. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 3,976,502 pounds per rail.
FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-49 front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a
ground rating of 24,000 pounds.
Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm
castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm
casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.
The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield
strength steel.
Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These
rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each
bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise
and vibrations.
There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one
(1) on the steering gear extension.
The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry
provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above
rated load.
Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.
The kingpin bearing will be of low friction design and be sealed for life.
Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be
provided.
The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or
obstacle.
The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel,
based on the vehicle wheelbase.
The axle will have a third party certified turning angle of 40 degrees. Front discharge,
front suction, or aluminum wheels will not infringe on this cramp angle.
FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY
The Oshkosh TAK-4 system will have a three (3)year parts and labor warranty. This
warranty applies to the TAK-4 suspension components only. All steering linkages,pumps
etc., are covered under our standard chassis warranty (exception steer gears - see Steering
for warranty).
OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle.
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers (KONI) will be provided on the front suspension.
REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a MeritorTM, Model RS-30-185, with a capacity of 31,000 pounds.
REAR AXLE WARRANTY
The MeritorTM two (2)year,unlimited mileage, parts and labor warranty will be
provided with this axle.
TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 MPH.
OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle.
FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4TM independent suspension will be provided with a minimum
ground rating of 24,000 pounds.
The independent suspension system has been designed to provide maximum ride comfort.
The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces
and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and
vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.
Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also
have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.
The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a
minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.
The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of
shims. One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is
such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.
The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles
of inner city driving.
REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 53.00" long, 12-leaf
pack with a ground rating of 31,000 lbs. The spring hangers will be castings.
The two (2)top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring
will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress
due to acceleration and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front
spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf.
A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber
bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS
will provide a four(4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels.
A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-
lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular
wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will
reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake.
This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent
the apparatus from skidding out of control.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WARRANTY
The Wabco ABS system will come with a three (3)year or 300,000 mile parts and labor
warranty provided by Meritor Wabco Vehicle Control Systems.
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.
The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for
improved stopping distance.
The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance.
The rear brakes will be MeritorTm 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack
adjusters.
ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs Engine Brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel
within easy reach of the driver.
The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high and low
setting.
The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing
the vehicle the brake lights are activated.
The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required.
AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM
The air compressor will be a Bendix BA-921 with 15.8 cubic feet per minute output at
1250 RPM.
BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:
- Bendix-Westinghouse dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface
- Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
- Total air system capacity of 5,198 cubic inches
- Two(2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that
activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
- MGM spring set parking brake system
- Parking brake operated by a Bendix-Westinghouse PP-I control valve
-A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel
- Bendix-Westinghouse SR-1 valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system,
providing automatic spring brake application at 40 psi
- Wabco System Saver 1200 air dryer.
BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat
protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat.
AIR INLET
One (1) air inlet with male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be
supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located
in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve will be provided to prevent
reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A
mating female coupling will also be provided with the loose equipment.
ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front
brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system will also be used for the rear.
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by a Detroit Diesel electronically controlled engine as
described below:
- Model: Series 60, 14.01, (855 cubic inches)
- Maximum Horsepower: 455 bhp at 1800 rpm
- Peak Torque: 1550 lb-ft at 1200 rpm
- Governed Speed: 2000 rpm
- Bore and Stroke: 5.24" x 6.61"
-Number of Cylinders: Six (6)
- Compression Ratio: 17.25:1
Standard equipment on the engine will include the following:
- Governor: Limiting speed type
- Injectors: Cam operated, unit type, clean tip
- Starting Motor: 12-volt
- Turbocharger
- Air To Air Aftercooled
- Lube Oil Cooler
- Lube Oil Filter: Full flow
- Air Cleaner: Farr or equal
- Fuel Filters: Dual, with check valve
- Coolant Filter: Spin-on with shut off valves on the supply and return line (precharged
with coolant inhibitor)
REPTO DRIVE
A rear engine power take off will be provided to drive the water pump. A vibration
dampener will be provided between the REPTO and water pump. Transmission PTO's
used to drive the water pump shall not be allowed due to their lower torque ratings. The
rear engine power take off shall be the same as used extensively throughout the
construction industry. Rear engine PTO's allow for continuous 240 hp and 480 lb-ft torque
ratings needed for large pump applications. The rear engine power take off will have the
same warranty as the engine provided by the engine manufacturer.
ENGINE WARRANTY
The engine will come with a five (5)year or 100,000 mile warranty provided by the
Detroit Diesel Corporation.
CONTROLS AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
The following amber indicator lights will be located on the driver's side of the cab to
denote engine information:
- Diesel Particulate Filter(DPF)
- High Exhaust Temperature (HET)
- Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
A switch to initiate the diesel particulate filter regeneration cycle will be located on the
driver's side instrument panel.
ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the
engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis.
The certifcation will be provided at the time of bid.
ENGINE AIR INTAKE
An air intake with an ember separator(to prevent road dirt, burning embers, and
recirculating hot air from entering the engine) will be mounted at the front of the
apparatus, on the passenger side of the engine. The ember separator will be mounted in
the air intake with flame retardant, roto-molded polyethylene housing. It will be easily
accessible by the hinged access panel at the front of the vehicle.
EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the diesel
particulate filter and will be 5.00" in diameter. The exhaust system will include a diesel
particulate filter and a diesel oxidation catalyst to meet current EPA standards. The
exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the passenger side rear wheels. A tailpipe
diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. An insulation
wrap will be provided on the exhaust pipe between the turbo and DPF inlet to minimize
the transfer of heat to the cab. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis
and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.
CLUTCH FAN
A Horton fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump
transmission is in "Road" and "Pump" position.
HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel,that will
automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab
instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.
The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck
transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch.
The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled
"OK to Engage High Idle".
COOLANT LINES
Silicone hoses will be used for all engine/heater coolant lines installed by the chassis
manufacturer.
Hose clamps will be stainless steel 'constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage.
They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract
accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
RADIATOR
The radiator and the entire cooling system will meet or exceed all NFPA cooling system
standards, as well as those specified by the engine manufacturer, under all truck operating
conditions. The radiator will be a free floating design to reduce external stress. For visual
inspection, the radiator will have a built-in low coolant sight glass and an electronically
controlled low coolant display mounted on the instrument panel. An integral surge and
deaeration tank, with a readily accessible remote mounted overflow tank, will be provided.
The cooling system will be designed to maintain a minimum pressure of 13 psi. A drain
valve will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and at other points to permit
complete flushing of the coolant from the system. A heavy-duty fan, shrouded by
recirculation shields, will draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator.
For maximum cooling performance the radiator core will be made of corrosion resistant
aluminum alloy with serpentine fin design. The completed core will have a minimum of
1434 square inches of cooling area. The radiator will be mounted in a manner to prevent
the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over
uneven ground. The radiator core will be compatible with commercial antifreeze
solutions.
There will be a full steel frame around the entire radiator assembly. This steel frame will
be isolated from the frame rails with rubber in shear isolators. The radiator core will also
be isolated with rubber within the steel frame to enhance cooling system reliability. Crimp
on nylon tanks will serve as the supply and return header.
r
ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the
engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel,
on the vertical surface. The door will be 17.75" wide x 12.75" high and be flush with the
wall of the engine tunnel.
The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow
for both checking and filling. An additional tube will be provided for filling the engine oil.
The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch
will be provided on the access door.
FUEL TANK
A 65-gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank
will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions
and a vent.
A .75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.
A fill inlet will be located on the rear of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring
loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Fuel Only".
A .50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.
The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95%of
tank volume.
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer.
FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed, in the engine fuel return line.
AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP
An auxiliary electric fuel pump will be added to the fuel line for priming the engine. A
switch located on the cab instrument panel will be provided to operate the pump.
FUEL SHUTOFF
A shutoff valve will be installed in the fuel line, near the filter.
FUELSHUTOFF
A shutoff valve will be installed in the fuel line, on both sides of the fuel filters.
TRANSMISSION
An Allison Gen IV, model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.
Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing(positions
8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).
A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer will be installed on the cab
instrument panel.
TRANSMISSION, SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console.
Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.
The transmission ratio will be: 1 st - 3.49 to 1.00, 2nd- 1.86 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.41 to 1.00, 4th
- 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.75 to 1.00, 6th - 0.65 to 1.00, R - 5.03 to 1.00.
TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING
The transmission will be programmed to automatically shift the transmission to neutral
when the parking brake is set,to simplify operation and increase operational safety.
TRANSMISSION COOLER
A shell and tube transmission oil cooler will be provided, using engine coolant to control
the transmission oil temperature. The cooler will have an aluminum shell, and copper
tubes. The cooler will be assembled using pressed in rubber tube sheets to mechanically
create a reliable seal between the coolant and the oil. No brazed, soldered, or welded
connections will be used to separate the coolant from the oil.
TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The Champ three (3)year parts, labor and collateral damage warranty will be provided
with this cooler, plus an additional two (2)years of parts and labor only coverage. The
collateral damage for the first three (3) years will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence.
TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5)year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100%
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.
Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be
getting on your Allison transmission. Please review your Allison transmission warranty
for coverage limitations.
DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer 1810 universal
joints.
The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.
A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft, slip joint will be coated with
Glidecoat or equivalent.
STEERING
Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be
provided. For reduced system temperatures,the power steering will incorporate a Vickers
V20F three (3)-line hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control.
A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of
driver configurations.
A letter from the hydraulic pump manufacturer stating they approve of the hydraulic pump
selection and its operating temperature and flow will be furnished with the bidder's
proposal.
STEERING WARRANTY
The steering gear will have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty.
STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities,
and a four-spoke design.
TIRES
Front tires will be Michelin 445/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply "all position" XZY 3 tread The
tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 13.00" polished aluminum disc-type wheels with
a ten(10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
Rear tires will be four (4) Michelin 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply XDN2 Grip "traction"
tread. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels
with a ten(10)-stud 11.25" bolt circle.
LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome plated lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts.
WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) set(s) of folding Ziamatic SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS
There will be one (1) set(s) of Ziamatic SQCH-44-H horizontal mounting wheel chock
brackets provided for the SAC-44-E folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be mounted
on the under driver side front compartment D4.
HUB COVERS (front)
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window
will be provided.
WHEEL SAFETY BANDS
The following two (2) wheels, located each front tire, will have the Tyron, Wheel Safety
Bands installed. Chassis steering and handling shall be improved when a tire with a band
fails.
HUB COVERS (rear)
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs.
MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels.
TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a tire pressure management system provided that will monitor each
tires pressure and temperature. A 2" gauge located in the cab instrument panel will
indicate each tires position, pressure and temperature. A wireless sensor will be
mounted to each wheel for a total of six (6) sensors.
The system will have three (3) alert levels:
Critical Low Pressure Alert
Pressure Deviation Alert
High Temperature Alert
Each alert will trigger an audible alarm and an indicator light within the gauge to
signal the driver of the problem.
The system will be covered by a five (5) year parts and labor warranty. Please see
warranty document for details.
CAB
The cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by the
chassis builder.
The cab will be constructed of 5052-H32 aluminum skins on extruded aluminum framing.
For increased structural integrity and occupant protection,the cab structure will include,
directly forward of the driver and passenger areas, a .25" frrewall plate and .50" lateral
support plate that will tie the forward corner posts to the engine tunnel. The cab roof will
include a heavy one-piece aluminum extrusion with wall thickness up to .12 , and will
extend from side to side, and attach to the upper forward corner posts by customized
aluminum castings. The cab roof will be provided with a 58.00" wide notch that lowers the
center section of the cab roof by 3.00". The deep notch will continue from the front of the
cab and extend full length to the rear of the cab. The deep notch will accommodate a low
mount aerial device, and provide lower overall vehicle height. The sub-structure will
include a.38" wall extrusion under the crew cab floor for support while tilting the cab. To
provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by
the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.
The cab will be a full-tilt style to 80 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and
removal. The cab pivots will be located 46" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab.
The cab will be tilted by an electric over hydraulic pump that is connected to two (2) cab
lift cylinders 2.25" in diameter. The cab will be locked down by a two-point automatic
locking mechanism actuated after the cab has been lowered. A three-point cab mount
system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from
the cab.
The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to
improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.
The forward cab section will have an overall height(from the cab roof to the ground) of
approximately 102.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an
overall cab height of approximately 112.00". The overall height listed will be calculated
based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings,the smallest
diameter tires for the suspension,no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no
personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height
listed.
The cab will have an interior width of not less than 93.50". The driver and passenger
seating positions will have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level.
To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions,proper head clearance will be
provided. The floor-to-ceiling height inside the forward cab of will be no less than 60.25".
The floor-to-ceiling height inside the crew cab will be no less than 62.95" in the center
position and 68.75" in the outboard positions.
The crew cab will measure a minimum of 71.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the
engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom.
STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two-step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be
designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide
support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to
minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a
minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 24.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum
depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2)
steps. Three (3) step entrance designs will not be acceptable due to safety concerns. A
slip-resistant handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab door opening to assist during
cab ingress and egress.
ENGINE TUNNEL
To provide structural strength,the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of.50"
aluminum plate that is welded to both the .25" firewall and .38" heavy wall extrusion
under the crew cab floor. To maximize occupant space,the top edges will be tapered.
The engine tunnel will be insulated on both sides for thermal and acoustic absorption. The
underside of the tunnel will be covered with 1.00" thick polyether foam that is reinforced
with an aluminized face. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit
to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The insulation will keep noise (dB) levels at or lower than the
specifications in the current edition of the NFPA 1901 standards.
FENDER LINERS
Full-circular, aluminum, inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.
REAR WALL COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum
treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered.
PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one-piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing
area will be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants
with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers; the outer light,the
middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The .114" thick outer light layer will provide
superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield
glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet
another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum
windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the
outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.
SUNVISORS
Two (2) smoked Lexan sunvisors 7.75" x 28.12" long will be provided. The sunvisors will
be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three(3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE
requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be 21.65" long and together will
clear a minimum of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in
inclement weather.
The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be
accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance.
FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD
A full-width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering
fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The
hood will also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components.
The hood will be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be
constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs
for structural integrity. The hood will include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and
closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch
System). The spring-loaded hood latch will be located at the center of the hood with a
double-action release lever located behind the "Pierce" logo. The two-step release requires
the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch
(primary latch)then to the passenger side to fully release the hood(secondary latch).
CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab integrity certification with this
proposal. The certification will state that the cab has been tested and certified by an
independent third-party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs,
real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser
speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state-licensed professional
engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the
requirements below:
- European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.
- SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation- Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.
- SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.
- Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,0501bs. This value meets the ECE 29
criteria and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of 10 metric tons.
- Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lbs. This value exceeds
the ECE 29 criteria by nearly 4.5 times.
- Side Impact
The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275 lb moving barrier
slams into the side of the cab at 5.5 mph at a force of 13,000 8-lbs. This test is part of the
SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a
rollover incident.
- Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lbs of force using a moving
barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.
- Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lbs of force using a moving
barrier, (twice the force required by SAE J2420).
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival
space of the occupant area.
CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door
slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify
that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have
met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component
wear.
CAB PUMP ENCLOSURE
The rear of the cab will be made to house the fire pump and pump panel below the forward
facing crew cab seats.
CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampTm acoustical floor mat
consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.
The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which
offer a superior grip surface. Additionally,the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam
(no water absorption), which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels.
CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab,to the rear
of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab
interior. The windows will measure 20.00" wide x 20.50" high.
One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab,to the rear
of the crew cab door.
The rear wall of the crew cab will have two (2) windows, each being 8.00" wide x 14.00"
high.
WINDOWS INTERIOR TRIM
For improved aesthetics, the cab side windows will include a vacuum formed ABS interior
trim panel.
WINDOW INTERIOR TRIM
For improved aesthetics, the cab rear wall windows will include a vacuum formed ABS
interior trim panel.
ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long
service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles
and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and
windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these
criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
REFRIGERATOR
A Norcold model DE-0051 2.7 cubic foot refrigerator will be provided N/A. The
refrigerator will operate off of 120 volt AC power or 12 volt DC power.
The refrigerator dimensions are 20.50" high x 18.50" wide x 20.75" deep. The unit weighs
49 pounds.
DRUG BOX(locking)
A locking drug compartment, 18.00" wide x 12.00" deep x 8.00" high with a locking lift-
up door will be located inside the "EMS" compartment TBD at pre build meetig. The
compartment will be constructed of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. The
lock will be a Medeco non-duplicatable lock. Three (3) keys will be supplied.
DOORS
The forward cab and crew cab doors will be the half-height style door. To enhance entry
and egress to the cab,the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 64.71"
high. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of 37.87" wide x 73.75" high.
The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a
nominal material thickness of.125". The exterior door skins will be constructed from
.090" aluminum.
Each forward cab and crew cab entry door will contain a roll-down laminated window.
The forward cab door windows will include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the
front to enhance visibility.
A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of
each cab door. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to
prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for
ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior
flush,open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions,
and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00"
wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.
The cab doors will be provided with both interior(rotary knob) and exterior(keyed) locks
exceeding FMVSS standards. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are
open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are
opened,then closed.
A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a .38" pin and 11 gauge
leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals
around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.
The inner cab door panels will be constructed of brushed stainless steel and be removable
without requiring the disconnection of door and window mechanisms. A dark grey
vacuum formed ABS panel will house the window switches and will mold into the upper
sill of the door panel.
The cab steps at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be
exposed to the exterior of the cab.
CAB DOOR SCUFFPLATES
Cab door scuffplates are not required due to s/s door panels on cab doors.
ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS
Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated window. A window
control panel will be ergonomically molded into the armrest of the door panel within easy
reach of the respective occupant. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down
operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window
down switch for approximately 1/2 second. The driver control panel will contain a control
switch for each cab door's window. All other door control panels will contain a single
switch to operate the window within that door.
LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the fire apparatus manufacturer's logo
and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's
department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, eleven
(11) characters in the second row and eleven(11) characters in the third row.
The first row of text will be: T
The second row of text will be: B
The third row of text will be: D
CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides
of the cab. The drip rail will be constructed of bright polished extruded aluminum, and be
bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.
KNOX-BOX®
There will be a Knox-Box® Sentralok A, model 3931 with amber strobe light provided.
Features will include full audit trail capability as well as infrared communication with
PDAs. It will have key pad access and be installed TBD at pre build meeting within the
cab. The box will be surface mounted.
SLIDING TRAY
There will be a sliding tray provided in the cab transverse compartment. The tray will
extend 53" to both sides of cab. Locks will be provided to hold the tray while centered or
fully extended to both sides of cab.
The tray will be 16.00" wide x 89.00" long and have a 3.00" lip on four(4) sides.
The traywill be fabricated from aluminum and will be painted to match the cab exterior.
STIRRUP STEPS
A stirrup step will be provided below each cab and crew cab door. The steps will be
designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material,providing
support, slip resistance and drainage. The steps will be a bolt-on design and provide an
18.50" wide x 4.75" deep stepping surface. Each step will provide a step height of 8.25"
from the top of the stirrup step to the first step of the cab.
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished
grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air
intake to the radiator.
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided at the forward facing driver side crew cab position behind the crew cab door will
be a compartment with external access. The compartment will be approximately 19.00"
wide x 48.50" high x 24.00" deep on the driver side. The compartment will extend from
the cab floor to the flat roof line of the cab.
Provided at the forward facing passenger side crew cab position behind the crew cab door
will be a compartment with external access. The upper section will be approximately
19.00" wide x 48.50" high x 24.00" deep on the passenger side. The compartment will
extend from the cab floor to the flat roof line of the cab.
The upper interior of the EMS compartment w'pp partme t will be ventilated to allow for air transfer
from inside the cab.
There will be an access door on both sides of the cab with double pan doors.
Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel "D" ring handles and Eberhard
106 locks. The doors will include gas shock style positive door holders.
The crew cab door grab handles will be located inside the crew cab on the compartment
forward facing cabinet wall. The cab side access doors will be painted to match the cab
exterior.
FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings.
TRIM BAND (cab face)
A 10.00" band of 22 gauge pattern finish stainless steel trim will be installed across the
front of the cab, from door hinge to door hinge. The trim band will be centered on the
head lights and applied with two-sided tape. A 0.625" self adhesive trim strip will be
applied around the perimeter of the trim band.
MOLDING (on sides of cab)
Chrome molding will be provided on both sides of cab.
r
CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic
pump,fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses
and valves.
The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible
under the full width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted
raise/lower switch. For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control
tether with on/off switch will be supplied on a coiled cord that will extend from 2' (coiled)
to 6' (extended).
The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two-point,automatic, hydraulic, double hook
mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual 2
1/4" diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the
cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position.
For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be
manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in
the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the
cab can be lowered.
INTERLOCK. CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE
The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism
will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on
position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled.
MIRRORS
One (1) Ramco, Model 6000FFHR-750, polished aluminum mirror will be mounted on
each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be 9.25" x 13.50", with a full flat face. An
additional convex section will be bolted to the top of each mirror. The mirror head will
have a highly polished aluminum finish.
The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are
convenient to the driver.
The convex section in each mirror will be adjusted manually.
BUMPER
A one (1)piece, ten (I O)gauge, 304-213 type polished stainless steel bumper, a minimum
of 10.00" high, will be attached to a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000
psi tensile steel "C" channel mounted directly behind it to provide adequate support
strength.
The bumper will be extended 26.00" from front face of cab.
Documentation will be provided, upon request to show that the options selected have been
engineered for fit-up and approval for this modular bumper extension. A chart will be
provided to indicate the option locations and will include but not be limited to the
following options: air horns, mechanical sirens, speakers, hose trays (with hose capacities),
winches, lights, discharge, and suction connections.
LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will
be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.
The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame.
GRAVEL PAN
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the
bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to
prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.
HOSE HOLD DOWN STRAP
There will be one (1)hose tray(s)that will have a pair of 2.00" wide black nylon strap(s),
with Velcro fasteners, provided. The strap(s) will be used to secure the hose in the tray.
TOW HOOKS
No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package
with integral tow eyes.
CAB INTERIOR
With safety as the primary objective,the wrap-around style, high impact ABS polymer cab
instrument panel will be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The
dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time
to focus on the road. The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer, and will be
easily removable for access to the defroster. The center console will include louvers
strategically located for optimal air flow and defrost capability to the windshield. The
passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low
maintenance. For enhanced versatility,the passenger side dash will include a flat working
surface. To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage
modules, a three (3)piece, 4mm thick polyethylene roto-molded overhead console will
also be provided. To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty
panels will be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty
panel will provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the
passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main
electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners.
To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall will be
covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.
The inner cab door panels will include grab handles and control panels molded into the
upper section of the door panel. The door panels will extend 36.50" down from the door
window.
The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The crew cab
headliner will be one piece (no exception). The headliner panel will be a composition of a
corrugated high density polyethylene panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery.
For quick, easy access of electrical wiring, or to perform other maintenance needs, the
headliner will be held in place by a dual lock fastening system.
The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the
front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the
forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling.
The raceways located in the floor will be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the
vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by a decorative composite panel. The
raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that
eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through
drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place, not pulled through holes drilled in
aluminum tubing. Once laid in place, all harnesses will be held in position by a hook and
loop fastening system. The hook and loop system will allow for bracket fastener points to
not puncture harnesses. The raceways will include removable covers, providing
maintenance personnel with quick and easy access for trouble shooting, or the addition of
accessories. Harnesses will be located within the raceway behind the wire way cover.
CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be black. All cab interior materials will meet FMVSS 302
(flammability of interior materials).
INTERIOR PAINT (Cab)
A rich looking interior will be provided by painting all the metal surfaces inside the cab
gray, vinyl texture paint.
RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER
To provide organized storage (clutter control) in the cab for miscellaneous equipment, the
cab interior will be provided with recessed storage pockets. The pockets will be 6.50"
wide x 2.12" high x 6.00" deep and will be constructed of rugged, impact resistant, roto-
molded low-density polyethylene. The pockets will be provided with a perforated elastic
material cover to secure the equipment in the pocket. The pockets will be installed in all
available mounting locations of the overhead console.
GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side
cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the
post area between the door and windshield.
A long rubber grab handle will be mounted on the dash board in front of the officer.
DRIVER SEAT
A Pierce PS6 seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam
action type with air suspension. To maintain optimal seat position and ride quality for a
broader range of occupant sizes, the suspension will be provided with a height control
valve that automatically positions the seat in the center of the suspension travel (1.88")
when the occupant sits down. For increased convenience, the seat will include electric
controls to adjust the rake (15 degrees), height(1.12" travel) and horizontal (7.75" travel)
position. Electric controls will be located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To
provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back,
adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. Providing for maximum comfort,
the seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, for lower
back support, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum
support. The lumbar adjustment lever will be easily located at the lower outboard position
of the seat cushion. For optimal comfort,the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual
density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).
The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection
system.
Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air
curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.
A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side
roll,this system will pretension the seat belt, then retract the seat to its lowest travel
position.
The seat will be furnished with a three-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear,the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00"
shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position
for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a
cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat
belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in
the normal seating position.
PASSENGER SEAT, FRONT
A Pierce PS6 seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a cam
action type with air suspension. To maintain optimal seat position and ride quality for a
broader range of occupant sizes, the suspension will be provided with a height control
valve that automatically positions the seat in the center of the suspension travel (1.88")
when the occupant sits down. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual
control to adjust the horizontal position(6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will
be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. For optimal
comfort,the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed
with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation,the seat will be
equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an
alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not belted.
The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 7.5 degree fixed recline angle, and will
include minimum 4.50" wide x 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. The
SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments,to accommodate
different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by
unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.
The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection
system.
Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air
curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.
A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will
pretension the seat belt and then retract the seat to its lowest travel position.
The seat will be furnished with a three-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00"
shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position
for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a
cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat
belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in
the normal seating position.
REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) rear facing, Pierce PS6 seat provided at the passenger side
outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort,the seat will be provided
with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric
vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt
sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a
seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 7.5
degree fixed recline angle, and will include minimum 4.50" wide x 7.50" deep side
bolster pads for maximum support. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front
to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders.
Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-
bolting it in the desired location.
The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection
system.
Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back.
The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.
A seat safety system will be included. When activated this system will pretension
the seat belt and firmly hold the occupant in the event of a side roll.
The seat will be furnished with a three-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00"
shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position
for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a
cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat
belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in
the normal seating position.
REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1)rear facing, Pierce PS6 seat provided at the driver side
outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided
with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric
vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt
sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle. It will activate an alarm indicating a
seat is occupied but not buckled.
The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 7.5 degree fixed recline angle, and
will include minimum 4.50" wide x 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum
support. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments,
to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be
accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.
The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection
system.
Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back.
The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.
A seat safety system will be included. When activated this system will pretension
the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side
roll.
The seat will be furnished with a three-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00"
shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position
for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a
cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat
belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in
the normal seating position.
EMS COMPARTMENT
An EMS compartment, 42.00" wide x 38.00" high x 24.00" deep with one (1)
Gortite roll up door, locking, with white finish will be provided in the crew cab.
The compartment will be provided with no false floor..
The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match
the cab interior.
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be two (2) Amdor LED strip lights installed one (1) each side of the
compartment opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch.
RADIO COMPARTMENT
A compartment for the radio amplifier will be located on the floor of the cab behind the
front passenger seat. A lift-up door with a chrome plated lift and turn latch will be
provided for access. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and
painted to match the cab interior. The radio control will be located in the overhead
console on the passenger side.
SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All Pierce PS6 seat upholstery will be black Imperial 1200 material.
AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a"Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its
backrest. For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring
clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat
back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial
components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed
the NFPA standard of 9G. Bracket designs with manual restraints (belts, straps,buckles)
that could be inadvertently left unlocked and allow the SCBA to move freely within the
cab during an accident,will not be acceptable.
There will be a quantity of five (5) SCBA brackets.
SEAT BELTS
All seating positions in the cab and crew cab will have red seat belts.
SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand
3000 lbs of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS
571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor
design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and
should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand
20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will
certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force
and met the appropriate criteria.
SEAT BELT MONITORING SYSTEM
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided. The SBMS will be capable of
monitoring up to ten (10) sensors indicating the status of each seating position in the cab
with green and red LED indicators as follows:
Seat Occupied Buckled Green
Seat Occupied Unbuckled Red
No Occupant Buckled Red
No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated
The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will be activated when a red illumination
condition exists and the parking brake is released, or a red illumination condition exists
and the transmission is not in park.
HELMET HOLDER
There will be four(4) Zico UHH-1 helmet holder bracket(s) provided in the cab. The
brackets will provide quick access and secure storage of the helmet(s). The bracket
location(s) will be determined at time of final inspection at Pierce mfg.
INDICATOR LIGHT
The seat belt not stowed light and alarm will be designed so a seat must be occupied and
the respective seat belt not buckled to activate the alerts.
A red indicator light located on the cab gauge panel will be furnished. The indicator light
and alarm will operate as follows when an occupant is not buckled:
Parking brake engaged:
The indicator light will be active (steady)
The audible alarm will be inactive
The Seat Belt Screen will indicate the position(s) of unbelted occupants
(manual selection of the Seat Belt Screen is required)
Ignition switch on and parking brake disengaged:
The Indicator Light will operate as follows:
Flash for the first 30 seconds
Remain active (not flashing) for the next 60 seconds
Continue by flashing quickly for 5 seconds at every 30-second
interval until all occupants seat belts are buckled.
The Seat Belt Screen will indicate the seat position(s) of any occupant
whose seat belt is not buckled. If a "Do Not Move Truck" condition does
not exist,the Seat Belt Screen will activate automatically.
An audible alarm will chime quickly whenever the indicator light flashes
quickly.
The alarm will repeat this process until all occupants are buckled
The indicator light and alarm will deactivate when all occupants seat belts are buckled.
There will be four(4) seats that contain the seat belt not buckled feature.
FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION
The cab will be equipped with a frontal impact protection system consisting of one
(1) air bag in front of the driver, one (1) knee bolster air bag in front of the forward
passenger seating position, and S4 for suspension seats or belt pretensioner for fixed
seats in the driver and forward passenger positions. The air bags will be designed
specifically for the cab configurations they are used in.
The cab and chassis design will have been subjected, via third party test facility,to a
21 MPH crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing will
include all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and
air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspension
components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts,
pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing will
provide configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the
air bags.
The driver side air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to
protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the
3-point seat belt, in the event of a frontal or oblique impact. The passenger side
knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and
will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with
the 3-point seat belt, in the event of a frontal or oblique impact.
In the event of a frontal or oblique impact,the system will deploy the front driver
and passenger side air bags, and activate the following components integrated into
the driver and front passenger cab seats:
- Suspension seats will be retracted to lowest travel position.
- Seat belts will be pretensioned to firmly hold the occupants in place.
SIDE ROLL PROTECTION PACKAGE
Firefighter safety is of utmost importance to Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. As part of
our total commitment to the safety of the personnel, an advanced side roll protection
system is being provided. This package is a supplemental restraint system that is
designed for use with the seat belts. Pierce has designed this system to react to
either a fast or a slow 90-degree roll to the side, in which the vehicle comes to rest
on its side. The system will consist of the following key components:
A side roll sensor will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel between the
headliner and the cab roof skin. The sensor analyzes the vehicle's angle and rate of
roll to activate the advanced occupant restraints 120 ms before the cab reaches 60
degrees from vertical. In the event of a side roll,the sensor will activate the
advanced occupant restraints. The sensor does not activate in the event of a frontal
impact, side impact, or any other incidents not involving a vehicle side rollover. If
more than eight protective devices are required, a slave side roll sensor will be
provided, with the capacity for additional protective devices. This sensor performs
real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs
immediately before and during a side roll event.
A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel.
In the event of a side roll,the system will activate the following components
integrated into the cab seats.
A side air curtain will be mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to
provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall.
Suspension seats will be retracted to lowest travel position, and seat belts will be
pretensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place.
CAB WARRANTY
Limited Warranty
Except as provided below, and provided the vehicle will have been placed in service
within 60 days after delivery to the original purchaser as established by our original
invoice, for a period of ten (10)years after delivery to the original purchaser or the first
100,000 miles of use, whichever first occurs, Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ("Pierce")
warrants to the user that its custom fire andlor rescue vehicle cab are free of defects in
design or workmanship in the cab tubular support and mounting supports and other cab
structural components identified in Pierce specifications. This limited warranty will apply
only if the vehicle is properly maintained and used in service which is normal to the
particular vehicle. Normal service means service which does not subject the vehicle to
stresses or impacts greater than normally result from the careful use of the vehicle or
chassis. If the buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity it must notify Pierce in writing
within 30 days after the date of discovery. This limited warranty is not transferable by the
first user.
A copy of the Pierce warranty is included with this proposal.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
An engine compartment light will be installed under the engine hood, of which the switch
is an integral part. Light will have a .125" diameter hole in its lens to prevent moisture
retention.
CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Weldon LED dome lights, model 8080/8081-8000-13, installed in
the cab. The lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer.
The forward, clear, light will be controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. The
rear, red, light will be controlled by the lens switch only.
In addition,there will be two (2) adjustable map lights with an integral switch recessed
into the cab ceiling. One (1) light will be located above the driver's seat and one (1) light
will be located above the officer's seat.
CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Weldon Model 8081,incandescent dome lights installed in the crew
cab. The forward, clear, light will be controlled by the door switch and the lens switch.
The rear, red, light will be controlled by the lens switch only.
STEP LIGHTS
For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there will
be eight(8) Ritar, Model M27HW2, LED, step lights provided. The lights will be
installed at each cab and crew cab door, two (2)per step, in the driver side front
doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger
side crew cab doorstep.
The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened.
CAB DEFROSTER
To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 54,961-BTU heater-defroster
unit with 558 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit will be
strategically located under the center forward portion of the roto-molded instrument panel.
For easy access, a removable roto-molded cover will be installed over the defroster unit.
The defroster will include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual
scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the one
piece windshield. The defroster ventilation will be built into the design of the cab dash
instrument panel and will be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster will be
capable of clearing 98%of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions
where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees F for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square
inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster
system will meet or exceed SAE J382 (minimum defrosting system performance
requirements).
CAB/CREW CAB HEATER
Two (2) 36,702-BTU auxiliary heaters with 276 SCFM (each unit) of air flow will be
provided inside the crew cab, one in each outboard rear-facing seat riser. The heaters will
include high performance dual scroll blowers (one for each unit). Outlets for the heaters
will be located below each rear-facing seat riser and below the fronts of the driver and
passenger seats, for efficient airflow. An extruded aluminum plenum will be incorporated
in the cab structure that will transfer heat to the forward cab seating positions.
The heater-defroster and crew cab heaters will be controlled by a single integral electronic
control panel. The heater control panel will allow the driver to control heat flow to the
front and rear simultaneously. The control panel will include variable adjustment for
temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the
driver. The control panel will include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both
fan speed and temperature. For increased convenience, an optional dual control for the
passenger position will also be available.
CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The
defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE
J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure and Performance Requirements
- Trucks, Buses, and Multipurpose Vehiclees. The bidder will certify that the defrost
system design has been tested in a cold chamber and pases the SAE J381 criteria.
CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment
for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters will warm the cab 75 F
from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found
in SAE J381. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and
has met these criteria.
AIR CONDITIONING
A high-performance, customized air conditioning system will be furnished inside the cab
and crew cab. A 19.1 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.
The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the cab from 100 degrees F to 64
degrees F in the forward section of the cab and 69 degrees F in the rear section of the cab
at 50% relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance will be met only
after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees F for a minimum of 4 hours.
A roof-mounted condenser with a 63,000 BTU output that meets and exceeds the
performance specification will be installed on the cab roof.
One (1) evaporator unit will be installed in the cab, located in the center of the cab ceiling
over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include two (2) high performance cores and
plenums with multiple outlets, one plenum directed to the front and one plenum directed to
the rear of the cab.
The evaporator unit will have a 49,000 BTU rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the
evaporator cover per the following:
Two (2)will be directed towards the drivers location.
Two (2) will be directed towards the officers location.
Six (6)will be directed towards crew cab area.
The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified
technician.
The air conditioner will be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel for the
heater, defroster and air conditioner. For ease of operation, the control panel will include
variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the
f
dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel will include highly visible, progressive
LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For added convenience, an optional
dual control for the passenger position will also be available.
INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel will be insulated in all strategic locations to
maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. Headliners will be constructed from
a .20" high density polyethylene corrugated material. Each headliner will be wrapped with
a 0.25" thick foil faced poly damp low emissivity foam insulation barrier for acoustic and
thermal control. For ease of installation and removal, all headliners will be held in place
by a dual lock fastening system. Headliner installation requiring removal of mechanical
fasteners will not be acceptable.
Designed for maximum sound absorption and thermal insulation, the cab walls will be
insulated with a 1.50" thick open cell acoustical foam. The thermal protection of the foam
will provide and R-value of 4 per 1.00" thickness.
115 VOLT AUXILIARY AIR CONDITIONER
A Carrier,model "Air V-HC"(High Capacity), 115 volt, auxiliary air conditioner will be
supplied and installed on the crew cab roof, driver side. The air conditioner will include a
two (2) speed fan, which is rated for 380 CFM at "High" speed. The evaporator rating will
be 15,000 BTU. A special offset plenum will be provided to allow for ample spacing
between the unit and the aerial device.
INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab and crew cab walls will be insulated where possible. The roof will include
insulation to aid in cooling.
The insulation will be covered with a vinyl or metal liner painted to match the cab interior.
CAB AIR CONDITIONING PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants
comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene.
The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100
degrees F to an average of 67 degrees F in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a
substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display,telltale indicator lights,
audible warning and control switches. The function of instrument panel controls and
switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight
switch will illuminate the label wording for after dark operation. Telltale indicator lamps
will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be
conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauges
and emergency vehicle switches will be installed on removable panels for ease of service
and low cost of ownership.
GAUGES
The gauge panel will include the following nine (9) ivory faced gauges with chrome bezels
to monitor vehicle performance:
Voltmeter gauge
Tachometer
Speedometer
Fuel level gauge
Engine oil pressure gauge
Front air pressure gauge
Rear air pressure gauge
Transmission oil temperature gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.
INDICATOR LAMPS
To promote safety,the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument
panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is
only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or
symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present:
Low coolant
Trac Cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission)
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat)
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable)
ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable)
Side roll fault(where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:
Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:
Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:
High beam
Indicator lamps will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.
CONTROL SWITCHES
For ease of use,the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab
instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.
Ignition switch: For ease of use in low light conditions, the switch will contain a red
indicator light which will activate when the battery switch is on and a green indicator light
which will activate whenever the ignition switch is on.
Momentary engine start switch: For ease of use in low light conditions, an integral red
indicator light will activate with the battery switch.
Heater and defroster controls
Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position switch will be provided. The first
switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch
position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the
headlights.
Turn signal arm:
Self canceling turn signal
Wiper controls:
Wash function
Hi/Low/Intermittent
Hazard switch will be incorporated into the steering column.
Parking brake control
Chassis horn control will be provided in the center of the steering wheel
Audible steady tone warning alarm
Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: Any active audible alarms will be silenced by holding
the ignition switch at the top position for 3-5 seconds. For improved safety, silenced
audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm conditions no
longer exist. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or
warning condition still exists. For added convenience, any new warning or caution
conditions will re-enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.
DIAGNOSTIC PANEL
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the
driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic
tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved
troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow
engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic
panel will include the following:
Engine diagnostic port
Transmission and ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes)
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes)
CAB LCD DISPLAY
An integral digital 4 row by 20 character dot matrix display will be incorporated into the
gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as
text. The display will be split into 3 sections. For ease of use each section will have a
dedicated function. Section one (1) will provide informational messages such as the
odometer. Section two (2) will display user friendly caution and warning text messages.
The text messages will automatically activate anytime an audible caution or warning tone
exists to provide information to the operator of the caution or warning condition. The LCD
will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or
warning condition exist. Section three (3) will indicate additional information such as
outside temperature.
SWITCHES
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to
be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions
for up to four(4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four(4)
switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in
the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine
tunnel console facing the officer.
- High Air Restriction Warning Indicator Light: LCD message with amber warning
indicator and audible alarm.
WIPER CONTROL
For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part
of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include
high and low wiper speed settings, a four(4) speed intermittent wiper control and
windshield washer switch. The control will have a "return to park" provision, which
allows the wipers to re-turn to the stored position when the wipers are not in use.
WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield
wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE
J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder
will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met
these criteria.
- Hourmeter for aerial device
- Master Switch for Aerial Operating Electrical System.
- PTO Switch for Aerial with Indicating Light
UNIVERASAL COMPUTER MOUNT
A Gamber Johnson universal computer mount for rugged laptop computers (computer not
included) will be securely installed on the officer side of the cab on the forward section of
the console work surface. The mount will allow laptop computers within the following
dimensions to be attached to the cradle:
Computer Depth : 7" to 12.63"
Computer Width:8.25" to 13.38"
Computer Height 5" to 2.44"
The mount will consist of the following components:
- One(1) Gamber Johnson DS-56 mounting base
- One(1) Gamber Johnson LOWSWIVEL swivel bracket
- One(1) Gamber Johnson NP-NOTEPAD4 universal computer mount
The computer mount will allow the computer to swivel side to side. The overall height of
the mount from the console work surface to the top of the computer mount will be three
(3) inches. A 15 amp power point will be located in the cab console on the officer side
near the computer mount.
RADIO WITH CD PLAYER
A Panasonic AMIFM/Weatherband stereo radio with compact disc player will be installed.
The compact disc stereo radio will be mounted within reach of the driver.
The quantity and location of the speakers will be one (1)pair of 5.25" speakers located in
the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers located in the crew cab.
The type and location of the antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an
open space, on the cab roof.
This radio will be installed without remote control.
RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
An antenna-mounting base, Model MATM,with 17 feet of coax cable and weatherproof
cap will be provided for a two-way radio. The mount will be located on the cab roof just
to the rear of the officer seat. The cable will be routed to the seat box on the officer side
with enough cable for customer to route to the instrument panel if needed.
SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual
switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type
switches each rated for one million(1,000,000) cycles. Documentation will be provided
by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s)
will be located on the driver's side overhead to allow for easy access. For ease of use, an
additional emergency light master switch will be located to the left of the steering column
below the gauge panel and work in conjunction with all other emergency master switches.
The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick,
visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever
backlighting is activated and illuminated red whenever the switch is active. For ease of
use, a 2-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each
switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through
the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and
be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and
troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the
vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components.
The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to
minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be
easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays
will be easily accessible.
Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for
supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.
Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect
electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to
prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General
protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When
required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control
relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125% of the maximum current for
which the circuit is protected per NFPA.
COMMAND ZONE CONTROL SYSTEM
A solidstate electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced
operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network
will consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths
and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11
recommended practices.
The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module
instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical
software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main
controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully
compliant with OSEKNDXTM specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.
For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the
following attributes:
Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status
Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation
No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators
Integrated electrical system load management without additional components
Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components
Customized control software to this vehicle's configuration
Factory and field reprogrammable to accommodate changes to the vehicles operating
parameters
Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals
USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting
To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions,the
Command Zone control system modules will meet the following specifications:
Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications.
Operating temperature from -40C to +70C
Storage temperature from -40C to +70C
Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure(Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of
temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and 1 meter)
Operating voltage from 8 volts to 16 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide
warning of problems before they become critical.
CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output(I/O) connection will be
provided with each chassis. The Sheets will indicate the function of each module
connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire
colors and load management information.
ON-BOARD ADVANCEDNISUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:
Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution light with intermittent alarm
Red warning light with steady tone alarm
All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, will contain
on-board visual diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. The LEDs will be
enclosed within the sealed, transparent module housing near the face of the module. One
LED for each input or output will be provided and will illuminate whenever the respective
input or output is active. Color coded labels within the modules will encompass the LEDs
for ease of identification. The LED indicator lights will provide point of use information
for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer.
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
An advanced, Windows-based,diagnostic software program will be provided for this
control system. The software will provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians
equipped with an IBM compatible computer.
The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use, have the ability
to view system input/output(I/O) information, and include a USB cable for connection
from a computer to the vehicle.
INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE-OUT SYSTEM
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms
located on the cab instrument panel.
VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system
connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible
warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.
The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2)
minutes.
DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in
front of the officer for two-way radio equipment.
The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt I00-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power
distribution center.
ENHANCED SOFTWARE
The Command Zone control system will include the following software enhancements:
All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the
parking brake is released
Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after
the doors close. The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle is
put into gear.
Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility
after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the
vehicle is put into gear.
EMI/RFI PROTECTION
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical
system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic
and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to insure
radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference
(RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.
The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically
found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will
meet,without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE JI 113/25
Region 1, Class C EMR for IOKHz-IGHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon
request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus
and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE JI 113/25 Region 1, Class C
EMR for 1 OKHz-I GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial
(incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test
results and thus is not acceptable by itself.
EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and
shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level
control signals and high-powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and
cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and
radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility.
INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7"diagonal color LCD display will be encased
in an ABS plastic housing.
The information center will have the following specifications:
- Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees F
- An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens
- Five weather resistant user interface switches
- Black enclosure with gray decal
- Sunlight Readable
- Linux operating system
- Minimum of 400nits rated display
OPERATION
The information center will be designed for easy operation for everyday use.
The page button will cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion.
A video button will allow a NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed
on the LCD. Pressing any button while viewing a video feed will return the
information center to the vehicle information screens.
A menu button will provide access to maintenance, setup and diagnostic screens.
All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed.
GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle
information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green
background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will
occur:
- An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition.
-A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition.
Every screen will include the following:
- Exterior Ambient Temperature
- Time (12 or 24 hour mode)
- Text Alert Center:
- The information center will utilize an "Alert Center"to display text
messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to
identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more then one
(1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the
problem(s)have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert
Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a
warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background
color will be shown for all alert center messages.
- Button Labels: A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate
the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not
utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text.
PAGE SCREENS
The Information center will include the following screens:
Load Manager Screen: A list of items to be load managed will be provided.
The list will provide:
- Description of the load
- Individual load shed priority: The lower the priority number the
earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.
- Load Status: The screen will indicate if a load has been shed
(disabled) or not shed.
"At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen
Do Not Move Truck: The Do Not Move Truck screen will indicate the
approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel.
The actual status of the following devices will be indicated:
- Driver Side Cab Door
- Passenger's Side Cab Door
- Driver Side Crew Cab Door
- Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
- Driver Side Body Doors
- Passenger's Side Body Doors
- Rear Body Door(s)
- Ladder Rack (if applicable)
-Deck Gun (if applicable)
- Light Tower (if applicable)
- Hatch Door(if applicable)
- Stabilizers (if applicable)
- Steps (if applicable)
- Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates
a hazard or is likely to cause damage to the apparatus if the
apparatus is moved, will cause an "Alert Center" message if the
parking brake is disengaged.
Chassis Information: The following information will be shown:
- Engine RPM
- Fuel Level
- Battery Voltage
- Engine Coolant Temperature
- Engine Oil Pressure
"At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen
Active Alarms List: This screen will show a list of all active text messages.
The list items text will match the text messages shown in the "Alert Center".
The date and time the message occurred is displayed with each message in
the list.
MENU SCREENS
The following screens will be available through the Menu button:
View System Information: A detailed list of vehicle information:
- Battery Volts
- Pump Hours
- Transmission Oil Temperature
- Pump Engaged
- Engine Coolant Level
- Engine Oil Level
- Oil level will only be shown when the engine is not
running
-Power Steering Level
Set daytime and nighttime Display Brightness:
-Brightness: Increase and decrease
- Default setting button
Configure Video Mode:
- Set Video Contrast
- Set Video Color
- Set Video Tint
Set Startup Screen:
-Choose the screen that will be active at vehicle power-up
Set Date & Time:
- 12 or 24 hour format
- Set time
- Set date
View Active Alarms:
- Shows a list of all active alarms
- Date and time of the occurrence is shown with each
alarm
- Silence alarms
- All alarms are silenced
System Diagnostics:
- Module type and ID number
- Module version
- Module diagnostics information:
- Input or output number
- Circuit number connected to that input or output
- Circuit name (item connected to the circuit)
- Status of the input or output
- Power and Constant Current module diagnostic
information
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.
VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
A vehicle data recorder(VDR)will be provided. The VDR will be capable of reading and
storing vehicle information. The VDR will be capable of operating in a voltage range
from 8VDC to 16VDC. The VDR will not interfere with, suspend, or delay any
communications that may exist on the CAN data link during the power up, initialization,
runtime, or power down sequence. The VDR will continue operation upon termination of
power or at voltages below 8VDC for a minimum of 1 Oms.
The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired
and/or CAN inputs:
Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position- % of Full Throttle
ABS Event- On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position(7-12 Seating Capacity)
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position(7-12 Seating Capacity)
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Time - 24 Hour Time
Date - Year/Month/Day
INTERCOM SYSTEM
A wireless Fire-Com, Model 301 OR, intercom system will be provided. Intercom stations
will be located at the driver, officer and two (2) crew cab positions, at four (4) rear facing
seats. Driver, officer and pump panel positions will be the only stations interfaced with the
radio. The remaining stations will be intercom only.
The following components will be supplied with this system:
- One(1) 301 OR Intercom Unit.
- Two (2) single wireless headset base stations for radio transmit headsets.
- One(1) Multi wireless headset base station for intercom only headsets.
- Two (2)UHW-10 Under helmet radio transmit Wireless headsets (Driver/Officer)
- Two (2)UHW-20 Under helmet intercom only Wireless Headsets (2 Crew)
- Four (4)HGR-1 Rubber coated steel headset hanger hooks.
-All necessary cords and wiring.
RADIO INTERFACE CABLE
The body builder will supply and install the required radio interface cable before delivery
of the vehicle. The radio equipment to be used by the customer will be one (1)TBD at pre
build meeting.
HEADSET HANGERS
There will be four(4)headset hanger/s installed for the intercom system. The hanger/s
will be installed all four seats.
TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to Precision
Installations, Inc. ATBD and radio interface cables will be installed at Pierce TBD
and wired into intercom system if required.
All components must be shipped to Precision Installations, Inc. at the following
address:
Precision Installations, Inc
3021 W. Prospect Ave. Unit#5
Appleton,WI 54914
Contact Person:
Jim Lang - Installation Manager
(920) 475-7508
pi-inc@charter.net
Shipping Requirements from Precision Installations, Inc:
An inventory of all items must accompany the box (inside box).
All equipment will be installed in the most logical location unless otherwise
noted
by end user. Installation instructions and equipment locations are
appreciated.
A knowledgeable contact person's name and contact information from the
end user
must be included(inside box).
The city name and truck number must be included on the outside of the box.
All equipment and installation/location information must be received no
later than
30 days prior to customer pick-up. Any deviations from the 30 day rule
must be
pre-approved by a Precision Installations, Inc Manager.
Precision Installations, Inc,prefers and recommends a no fee consultation with Sales
Representative and/or end user during the pre-construction and/or post-paint visit.
Pierce Manufacturing is not responsible for any customer supplied options shipped to
Precision Installations, Inc.
BATTERY SYSTEM
Six (6) 12 volt, Exide Model 31 S950X3 W batteries that include the following features will
be provided:
- 950 CCA, cold cranking amps
- 190 amp reserve capacity
- High cycle
- Group 31
- Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
- 1140 minutes of reserve capacity
- Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container
for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central
venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.
The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly
wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration
resistance.
BATTERY SYSTEM
A single starting system will be provided.
An ignition switch and starter button will be located on the instrument panel.
MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
A master battery switch, to activate the battery system, will be provided inside the cab
within easy reach of the driver.
An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status
of the battery system.
BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
The batteries will be stored in well-ventilated compartments that are located under the cab
and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of
10-gauge steel and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31
batteries in each compartment. The compartments will include formed fit heavy-duty roto-
molded polyethylene battery tray inserts on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will
be mounted inside of the roto-molded trays.
JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be installed on the
battery box on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable
access. A tag will be provided for positive/negative terminals.
BATTERY CHARGER
A WFCO, model WF-8875, battery charger will be provided.
The charger will have a maximum output of 75 amps and a fully automatic regulation.
The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle
adjacent to this battery charger.
This unit will also be active as a 12vdc power supply when the on-board generator is
activated via a 120VAC transfer switch.
Battery charger will be located in the front left body compartment, mounted D4 back wall
up high.
DUAL ALTERNATORS
A pair of Leece-Neville 270 amp alternators will be provided. They will have a rated
output current of 540 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternators will feature
an integral, fail-safe regulator and rectifier. The alternators will be connected to the power
and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated
alternator output.
RADIO ANTENNA MOUNTS
There will be two (2) antenna mounting bases, Model MATM with 25 feet of coax cable
and weatherproof caps provided.
The mounts will be located TBDN/A.
The cable will be routed TBD.
THIRD SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires installed.
The above wires will have the following features:
Wires will be connected directly to the battery power.
Wires are protected to 10 amps.
Power and ground will end in cab between driver& officer.
Termination is with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover.
Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.
SECOND SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires installed.
The above wires will have the following features:
Wires will be connected directly to the battery power.
Wires are protected to 20 amps.
Power and ground will end TBD in cab.
Termination is with six (6)position terminal strip.
Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.
ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles
12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low
voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage
condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.
For improved reliability and ease of use,the load manager system will be an integral part
of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform
load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components
will not be allowed.
The system will include the following features:
System voltage monitoring.
A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load
from cycling on and off.
Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.
Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.
High Idle will activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the
service brake.
If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.
Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.
Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.
The information center indicates system voltage.
The information center includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:
Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.
Individual load managed item condition:
ON= not shed
SHED= shed
SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in
a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer
operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output,rather than loading
or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.
For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral
part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to
perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional
components will not be allowed.
Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light
switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be
activated one by one at half second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch
indicators will flash while waiting for activation.
When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the
warning light loads in the reverse order.
Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch,
at half second intervals:
Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the
expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.
The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:
1) Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.
2) A written load analysis, which will include the following:
A) The nameplate rating of the alternator.
B) The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:
Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).
C) The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:
Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).
D)Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine
the total connected load.
E) Each individual intermittent load.
All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901
or 1906 (Current Edition).
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Exterior lighting will comply with Federal Department of Transportation, Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards and National Fire Protection Association requirements in effect
at time of proposal.
Front headlights will be rectangular shaped, quad style halogen lights mounted in the front
trim housing. Headlights will consist of two (2) lights mounted in the front trim on each
side of the cab grill. The outside light on each side will contain a low and high beam. The
inside light on each side will contain of a high beam light only.
The following LED lighting package will provide long life lights for a lower cost of
ownership:
- One (1) Whelen 600 series LED combination directional/marker light will be located in
the outside corners of the headlamp trim housing on each side.
- Three (3) Ri-Tar LED identification lamps will be installed in the center of the cab on
the trim above the windshield.
- Four (4) Ri-Tar LED clearance lamp will be installed, one (1) each side, facing forward
and one (1) each side, facing the side on the trim above the windshield.
WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face)
Two (2)pair of Whelen model 60*02F*R LED lights will be installed on the cab face,
above the headlights in a two (2) light bezel.
The outer LEDs will be required for NFPA and will meet or exceed the NFPA required
light output for the front lower zone. The color of these LEDs will be red Super LED/red
lens.
The inner LEDs will be additional lighting. The color of these lights will be red Super
LED/red lens.
Both sets of lights will be activated by the same switch in the cab.
BACK-UP ALARM
An ECCO, Model SA917-PM2, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates
when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses
per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum five (5) dBA above
surrounding environmental noise levels.
MANUAL, FIRE APPARATUS PARTS
Two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus will be provided in hard
copy with the completed unit.
The manual will contain the following:
- Job number
- Part numbers with full descriptions
- Table of contents
- Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or
assembly
- Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order
- Instructions on how to locate a part
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It
will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.
SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE
The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the Pierce
website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual,
such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features
electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE
Two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major
components will be provided with the completed unit.
The manuals will contain the following sections:
-Job number
- Table of contents
- Troubleshooting
- Front Axle/Suspension
- Brakes
- Engine
- Tires
- Wheels
- Cab
- Electrical, DC
- Air Systems
- Plumbing
- Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not
be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.
MANUALS, CHASSIS OPERATION
Two (2) chassis operation manuals will be provided.
COMMAND ZONE WARRANTY
The Command Zone modules, membrane switches, and display(s)will be warranted
against defective materials or workmanship for a period of five (5)years from the date of
delivery to the original purchaser. The warranty will also include a standard repair time
for covered components.
A copy of the fire apparatus manufacturer's warranty will be included with the bid.
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Three(3) compact discs containing "As-Built" electrical wiring diagrams specifically
prepared for the chassis and body will be provided. The diagrams will consist of
information pertaining to the 12 VDC systems only.
Due to the complexity of each custom unit built and change orders that occur,the design
of the "as built wiring diagrams" will begin after the delivery of the unit to the customer.
Two (2) CD's will be shipped to the customer after delivery of the vehicle, upon
completion of the wiring diagrams. One (1) CD will be included with the job folder at
apparatus builder's facility for future reference.
Each CD will include the following capabilities:
The capability of viewing each separate diagram.
The capability of zooming in on any section of each separate diagram.
The capability of printing each separate diagram.
The capability of printing each zoomed in area of each separate diagram.
Each CD will include the following items:
Title page, identifying the job number and chassis model.
Table of contents.
Truck specific electrical compartment and instrument layouts for the chassis.
Truck specific electrical compartment layouts for the body.
Applicable drawings from the appropriate standard wiring diagrams.
All truck specific wiring diagrams(special drawings).
Harness drawings for all wiring harnesses used on the chassis.
Harness drawings for all wiring harnesses used on the body.
All truck input and output programming sheets(multiplexed trucks only).
There will be two (2) hard copies of these diagrams required for this unit.
Single truck order(no credit) in this order for multiple order credit.
WATER TANK
It will have a capacity of 500 gallons and will be constructed of polypropylene plastic in a
rectangular shape.
The joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.
The tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements.
The baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom of each baffle to permit
movement of air and water between compartments.
The longitgdinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and extend
from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow positive welding.
The transverse partitions extend from 4" off the bottom to the underside of the top cover.
All partitions interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.
The tank top will be constructed of.50" polypropylene.
It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.
It will be supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.
Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart
and welded to the transverse partitions.
Two of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate
lifting eyes.
A sump will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. The sump will include a drain
plug and the tank outlet.
Tank will be installed in a fabricated "cradle" assembly constructed of aluminum.
Sufficient crossmembers are provided to properly support bottom of tank.
Crossmembers are constructed of aluminum channel.
Tank "floats" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing.
Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the
tank rests on.
Stops are provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving
vehicle.
Tank mounting system is approved by the manufacturer.
Fill tower will be constructed of.50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide
x 14.00" long.
Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.
An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed
approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to
the rear of the rear axle.
WATER TANK WARRANTY
The tank will have a lifetime warranty.
If the tank manufacturer determines that the tank problem has rendered the truck out-of-
service, the tank manufacturer will dispatch a service technician WITHIN 48 HOURS (2
DAYS)to repair the tank (This time period is for the United States and Canada only).
HOSE BED
The hose body will be fabricated of.125"-5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile
strength.
The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.
The upper edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity.
The hose bed will be located ahead of the ladder turntable, between the passenger
sidesheet and the water tank.
Hose removal will be via a "chute" at the passenger side of the body under the turntable
area.
Flooring of the hose bed will be removable perforated aluminum sheet to aid in hose
aeration.
Hose capacity will be a minimum of 800' S' - 300' 2.5".
HOSE RESTRAINT
The hose in the hosebed will be restrained by black nylon velcro straps at the top of the
hosebed and a black nylon web strap netting at the rear of the hosebed. The straps will be
installed at the top of the hosebed sidesheets. The netting will be installed at the rear of the
hosebed and include quick release fasteners.
RUNNING BOARDS
A running board will be provided on each side of the front body. The running boards will
be covered with .125" bright aluminum treadplate.
HANDRAILS
The handrails will be 1.25" diameter anodized aluminum extrusion,with a ribbed design,
to provide a positive gripping surface.
Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used
between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.
Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.
- Two(2) handrails will be provided, one above each running board.
TURNTABLE STEPS
Access to the turntable will be provided by a one (1) set of swing-down steps on the driver
side of the truck.
The access steps will be located rearward of the compartmentation.
All steps will have a height not greater than 14.00" from top surface to top surface.
The swing down step mechanism will be constructed of brushed aluminum with bright
aluminum steps with Morton Cass inserts.
The stepwell will be lined with bright aluminum treadplate to act as scuffplates.
The bottom step will have a step height not exceeding 24.00" from the ground to the top
surface of the step at any time.
Handrails will be provided on each side of each set of access steps.
The steps will be connected to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator in the cab.
TOW EYES
Two (2)rear painted "tow" eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be
mounted directly to the frame rails. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be
radiused.
COMPARTMENTATION
Compartmentation will be fabricated of.125" 5052 aluminum with a tensile strength of
38,000 pounds per square inch.
Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.
Circular fender liners will be provided. For prevention of rust pockets and ease of
maintenance the fender liners will be formed from aluminum and removable for
maintenance.
Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the
compartment door lip.
Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion,
formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel.
The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over
the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners "TIG"
welded.
Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.
All screws and bolts which are not Grade 8 will be stainless steel and where they protrude
into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.
UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this aerial a method of body and compartment
support suitable for the intended load will be provided.
The backbone of the body support system will begin with the chassis frame rails which is
the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. I he
support system will include lateral frame rail extensions that are formed from .25" 80k
steel and bolted to the chassis frame rails with .625"diameter Grade 8 bolts. The vertical
ICI
and horizontal members of the frame rail extensions are to be reinforced with welded
gussets and extend to the outside edge of the body.
An aluminum body structure will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a
"floating substructure"which will result in a 800 pound equipment support rating per
lower compartment and provide up to .31" accumulative floor thickness.
The "floating substructure"will be separated from the lateral frame extensions with
neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the
chassis from being transmitted to the body.
The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of
a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3)transitional and
rotational modes.
A design with body compartments simply hanging/sitting on the chassis in an unsupported
(cantilever) fashion will not be acceptable.
AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with
the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.
LOUVERS
All body compartments will be vented to provide one-way airflow out of the compartment
that prevents water and dirt from gaining access to the compartment.
TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such
as finite element analysis, model analysis, and strain gauging have been performed with
special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the body and substructure.
The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.
The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:
- Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may
experience when driving over a curb.
- Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving
conditions.
- Driving the vehicle on at 35 mph on a "washboard" road.
- Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.
-Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough
pavement.
Evidence of the actual testing techniques will be made available upon request.
BODY WARRANTY
A copy of the fire apparatus manufacturer's warranty will be included with the bid. The
warranty will state that the body will be free of structural failures caused by defective
design or workmanship for a warranty period of ten (10)years from the date the new
vehicle is first delivered or 100,000 miles,whichever occurs first and that defective parts,
under the warranty, will be repaired or replaced without charge to the original purchaser.
COMPARTMENTATION,DRIVERS SIDE
A full height,roll-up door compartment will be provided near the front of the body and
ahead of the rear wheels. The pump operator's panel will be located in this compartment.
The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 30.75" wide x 54.50" high x 8.00"
deep. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed
to the front of the pump panel. The compartment interior will be fully open from the
compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers
are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this
compartment will be 28.00" wide x 49.00"high.
A full height, double lap door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided.
The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 61.50" wide x 64.00" high x 26.00"
deep inside the lower 28.50" and 10.50" deep inside the upper portion. The depth of the
compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment
interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and
designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections.
The clear door opening of this compartment will be 57.00" wide x 63.00" high.
There will be two (2) lift-up door compartments above the wheel well and stabilizer. The
interior dimensions of the forward compartment will be 24.00" wide x 32.25" high x
10.50" deep inside with a clear door opening of 21.50" wide x 29.25" high. The interior
dimensions of the compartment above the stabilizer will be 57.00" wide x 25.25" high x
10.50" deep inside with a clear door opening of 54.50" wide x 22.25" high. There will be
no interior partition between these compartments.
There will be recessed tracks installed vertically in each compartment.
COMPARTMENTATION, DRIVERS SIDE
The full height lap door compartment behind the stabilizer will be 22.75" wide x 57.38"
high x 26.00" deep inside the lower 28.50" and 10.50" deep in the upper portion with a
door opening of 20.00" wide x 54.88" high.
There will be recessed tracks installed vertically the compartment.
COMPARTMENTATION, PASSENGERS SIDE
A full height,roll-up door compartment will be provided near the front of the body and
ahead of the rear wheels. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 30.75" wide
x 64.00" high x 26.00" deep in the lower 56.75" and 12" deep in the remaining upper
portion of the compartment. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the
compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the
compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers
are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this
compartment will be 28.00" wide x 58.50" high.
There will be two (2) compartments ahead of the rear wheels. The forward double lap
door compartment will be 41.00" wide x 28.50" high x 26.00" deep inside with a clear
door opening of 37.00" wide x 23.00" high. The rear lap door compartment will be 17.25"
wide x 28.50" high x 26.00" deep inside with a clear door opening of 14.50" wide x 23.00"
high. There will be no partition between these compartments.
There will be recessed tracks installed vertically in each compartment.
The area above the compartments will be used for hose storage.
The side sheet will be moved to the outer edge of the body.
The side sheet support posts will not be visible from the outside of the apparatus.
An inner sheet will be added to prevent interference between the support posts and the
hose.
COMPARTMENTATION, PASSENGERS SIDE
The rear double lap door compartment behind the stabilizer will be 46.75" wide x 25.88"
high x 26.00" deep inside with a clear door opening of 43.00" wide x 23.50" high.
There will be recessed tracks installed vertically the compartment.
A hose storage area will be provided above the rear compartmentation.
The side sheet will be located near the outer edge of the body, providing a full-width hose
storage area with access at the rear of the unit.
This hose bed will be open at the top for easy packing of hose.
REAR COMPARTMENT
A compartment will be provided at the rear of the unit.
Compartment will be 27.75" wide x 33.69" high x 26.50" deep with a clear door opening
of 25.00" wide x 29.75" high.
The compartment will be furnished with a satin finish roll-up door.
DOORS, SIDE COMPARTMENTS
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and will be
a minimum of 1.50" thick. To provide additional door strength, a "C" section
reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.
Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto
the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be
installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather
resisting compartment.
All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin
diameter of.25", that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners. A dielectric
substance will be applied to each hinge fastener.
All door lock mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling
of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.
Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel "D" ring handles and Eberhard
106 locks.
To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be
attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the
"D" ring handle and the door.
ROLL-UP DOOR
One (1) roll-up door will be installed on the driver's side front compartment. The door will
be double faced, aluminum construction, painted one color to match the lower portion of
the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing(Gortite).
Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable
without complete disassembly of door.
Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal
contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door
to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit.
Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be
made of Santoprene.
All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will
withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Hardened plastic
will not be acceptable.
A polished stainless steel lift bar will be provided for opening the door. The lift bar will be
located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A
ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door.
Door will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat
will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose
equipment from jamming the door from inside.
To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in
diameter. A roll-up door that retracts below the compartment ceiling (garage door style)
will not acceptable.
The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed 4.00".
A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of "open compartment door"
warning lights.
All mechanical components of the door will be warranted to be free from defects in
materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. All parts covered under this
warranty will be to the original owner.
The roll up door exterior paint finish (if applicable) will be warranted against blistering,
peeling, bubbling, lack of adhesion or any other manufacturing or material defect for a
period of six (6)years.
The roll up door will also be warranted against corrosion perforation for a period of ten
(10)years.
REAR BUMPER
A 4.50" stainless steel rear bumper will be furnished. Bumper will be highly polished, has
radiused ends and reinforcing ribs top and bottom. It will extend the full width of the
body. A 4.00" formed steel channel will be mounted directly behind the bumper for
additional strength.
PULL-OUT TRAY
There will be two (2) slide-out trays with 2.00" sides and a capacity of 500 pounds
provided. Capacity rating will be in the extended position.
Slides will be General Device ball bearing type for ease of operation and years of
dependable service.
Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip
mechanism for it will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.
Tray location will be driver side compartment D4 and P4.
Heavy-duty steel angle iron assembly will support the body under the compartment floor.
It will be attached to the chassis frame for load transfer and to reduce stress on body.
SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be three (3) slide-out trays provided.
The capacity rating (in the extended position) will be 215 pounds minimum.
Approximately two-thirds of the tray will slide-out from its stored position and will tilt 30
degrees down from horizontal. The vertical position within the compartment will be
adjustable.
Construction will consist of.188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and end, and special
aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, front and tracks.
The tray corners will be welded for strength and rigidity.
The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.
Two spring loaded locks will be provided at the front of the tray, one on each end.
Rubber padded stops will be provided for both the in out tray position.
The tray(s) will be located in one each mounted high in the following compartments D2,
D4, P4.
EOUIPMENT STORAGE
An equipment storage area will be provided to house one (1) typical backboard(18" x 72"
x 2" thick) and sized for additional items such as long tools. It will be located below the
crosslays.
This storage area will be a fabricated aluminum enclosure. Slides for a backboard will be
provided. No additional equipment mounts or brackets will be provided. There will be a
vertically hinged treadplate door on each side of the truck to provide access.
The enclosure will be removable for access to the plumbing.
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be seven (7) shelves, with a minimum capacity of 500 pounds provided. The
shelf construction will consist of brushed aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be
infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.
The location of the seven (7) shelves will be Two in the following compartments D 1, P4
one each in the following compartments D3, PI, P3.
RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded
rub rail.
Trim will be 3.12" high with 1.50" flanges turned outward for rigidity.
The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows
replacement in the event of damage.
BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.
A brushed stainless steel unpainted fender liner will be provided to avoid paint chipping.
The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components.
A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the
fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.
The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into
a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar
metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion.
HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hard suction hose will not be required.
HANDRAILS
Handrails will be located on the front of the body in positions needed to meet NFPA
requirements.
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE
A total of eight (8) air bottle compartments will be provided. body fender panels. The air
bottle compartment will be 15.00" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep. A stainless steel door
with a chrome plated latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier
will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE INSERT
A total of four (4) inserts will be provided for the air bottle storage compartments.
The inserts will be "W" shaped and be formed from composite materials.
EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 35', three(3) section, Alco-Lite, Series PEL3-35 extension ladder
provided.
ADDED EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 35', three (3) section, aluminum, Alco-Lite Series PEL3-35 extension
ladder provided.
EXTENSION LADDERS,AERIAL
There will be one (1) 24', two (2) section, aluminum, Alco-Lite, Series PEL-24 extension
ladder(s)provided.
ROOFLADDER
There will be two (2) 16' aluminum, Alco-Lite, Series PRL-16 roof ladder provided.
ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 12' roof, aluminum, Series PRL-12 provided.
ATTIC EXTENSION LADDER, AERIAL
There will be a 14'attic extension, aluminum, Alco-Lite, Series AEL-14 extension ladder
provided.
FOLDING LADDER, AERIAL
There will be one (1) 10' aluminum,Alco-Lite, Series FL-10 folding ladder(s) provided.
GROUND LADDER STORAGE
Ladder tunnels will be provided at the rear of the apparatus on either side of the turntable.
The passenger's side tunnel will be the standard size and hold one (1) Alco-Lite PEL 35'
three-section ladder, one (1)Alco-Lite AEL 14' two-section ladder, and one (1)Alco-Lite
10' folding ladder.
The driver's side tunnel will blister into the upper body compartments approximately 9.50"
and hold one (1) Alco-Lite PEL 35'three-section ladder, one (1) Alco-Lite PEL 24'two-
section ladder, and one (1) Alco-Lite 16'roof ladder.
Storage for up to ten(10) pike poles will be provided where space permits.
The ladders will be held captive top and bottom by aluminum tracks and slide on friction
reducing material.
All ladders will be removable individually without having to remove any other ladder.
A quick release device will keep the ladders secured in the storage area.
An aluminum treadplate door will be provided on each ladder tunnel.
PIKE POLES
There will be two (2) 12 foot pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles provided. The pike
pole(s)will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment.
PIKE POLE 8 FT
There will be two (2) 8 foot pike pole(s)with fiberglass handles provided. The pike
pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment.
PIKE POLE 6 FT
There will be two (2) 6 foot pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles provided. The pike
pole(s)will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment.
PIKE POLE 3 FT
There will be two (2) three (3) foot pike pole(s) with fiberglass shaft and "M handles
shipped loose.
STEP
A step will be provided on the passenger's side front of each fender compartment. The
step will be a bright finished, non-skid luminescent folding type. The luminescent coating
is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours. The step
can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand.
PUMP
Pump will be a Pierce, low profile, 1500 gpm single stage midship mounted centrifugal
type, mounted below the cab. The pump will have a 15% reserve capacity to allow for
extended time between pump rebuild. To ensure efficient pump/vehicle design the
capacity to weight ratio will not be less than 1.5:1.
The pump casing will consist of three(3) discharge outlets, one (1)to each side in line
with the impeller and one (1)to the rear. The pump casing will incorporate two (2) water
strippers to maintain radial balance.
Pump will be the class "A" type.
Pump will be certified to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from draft at pressure
indicated below:
- 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure.
- 70%of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure.
- 50%of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure.
The pump will have the capacity to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from a
pressurized source as indicated below:
- 135% of rated capacity at 100 psi net pump pressure from a 5 psi source.
Pump body will be fine-grained gray iron. Pump will incorporate a heater/cooling jacket
integral to the pump housing.
The impeller will be high strength vacuum cast bronze alloy accurately machine balanced
and splined to a 10 spline stainless steel pump shaft for precision fit, exceptional
durability, and efficiency. Double replaceable reverse flow labyrinth type bronze wear
ring design will help to minimize end thrust. The impeller will be a twisted vane design to
create higher lift.
The pump will include o-ring gaskets throughout the pump.
Deep groove radial type oversize ball bearings will be provided. The bearings will be
protected at the openings from road dirt and water with an oil seal and a water slinger.
The pump will have a flat, patterned area on the top of the pump intake wye to allow
standing for plumbing maintenance. The main inlet manifold will be 6.00" in diameter and
will have a low profile design to facilitate low crosslays and high flows.
For ease of service, the pump housing, intake wye, impeller, mechanical seal, and gear
case will be accessible from above the chassis frame by tilting the cab. The intake wyes
will be removable without having to remove the main intake casting. Removal of the main
inlet wyes will provide access to the impeller, mechanical seal, and wear ring.
The tank to pump line and the primary discharge line will be the only piping required to be
removed for overhaul.
For ease of service and overhaul there will be no piping or manifolding located directly
over the pump.
PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to the chassis frame rails directly below the crew cab,to minimize
wheelbase and facilitate service, using rubber isolators in a modified V pattern that include
two (2) central mounted isolators located between the frame rails, and one (1) on each side
outside the frame rails. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently
without damage to the fire pump. Each isolator will be 2.55" in total outside diameter and
will be rated at 490 pounds. The pump will be completely accessible by tilting the cab
with no piping located directly above the pump.
MECHANICAL SEALS
Silicon carbide mechanical seals will be provided. The seals will be spring loaded and
self-adjusting. The seals will have a minimum thermal conductivity of 126 w/mok to run
cooler. Seals will have a minimum hardness of 2800 kg/mm2 to be more resistant to wear,
and have thermal expansion characteristics of no more than 4.0 X106mm/mmoK to be
more resistant to thermal shock.
PUMP GEARCASE
Pump gearcase will be a pressure-lubricated gearcase to cool, lubricate, and filter the oil.
The gearcase will include an auxiliary PTO opening. The gearcase will be constructed of
lightweight aluminum, and impregnated with resin in accordance to MIL Spec MIL-I-
17563. A dipstick, accessible by tilting the cab, will be provided for easy fluid level
checks. A filter screen will be provided for long life.
The gearcase will consist of two (2) gears to drive the pump impeller and one (1) for the
auxiliary PTO.
The auxiliary PTO opening will provide for the addition of PTO driven accessories.
The pump will be driven through the rear engine power take-off and clutch. The rear
engine power take-off drive will be live at all times to allow for pump and roll
applications. Rear engine power take-off s allow for high horsepower and torque ratings
needed for large pump applications, and is a proven drive system throughout the rugged
construction industry.
CLUTCH
Pierce "Sure Shift Technology" will incorporate a heavy-duty electric clutch mounted
directly to the front of the pump to engage and disengage the pump without gear clash.
The clutch will be a multiple disc design for maximum torque. The clutch will be fully
self-adjusting to provide automatic wear compensation, and consistent torque throughout
the life of the clutch. Positive engagement and disengagement will be provided through a
high efficient and dependable magnetic system to assure superior performance. The clutch
will have a 500 lb-ft rating. Clutch will be of a time-tested design used in critical military
applications.
PUMPING MODE
Pump will provide for both pump and roll mode and stationary pumping mode.
Stationary pumping mode will be accomplished by stopping the vehicle, setting the
parking brake and engaging the water pump switch on the cab switch panel. The
transmission will shift to "Neutral" range automatically when the parking brake is
set. The "OK to Stationary Pump" indicator will also illuminate when the parking
brake is set. If the vehicle is equipped with a foam system or CAFS system, these
systems will be engaged from the cab switch panel as well.
Pump and roll mode will be accomplished by the use of the main pump and will
not require the use of a secondary pump. Pump and roll mode will use the same
operation sequence as stationary pumping mode with a few additional steps. After
the vehicle is setup for stationary pumping,the operator will leave the cab and set-
up the pump panel to discharge at the desired outlet(s). Upon returning to the cab,
the operator will disengage the parking brake. An "OK to Pump & Roll" indicator
will illuminate on the cab switch panel. First gear on the transmission gear selector
will be selected by the operator for pump and roll operations. The operator as
needed will apply the foot throttle. Pump and roll mode will be maintained unless
the transmission shifts out of first gear.
Stopping either stationary pumping mode or pump and roll mode will be accomplished by
pressing the "Water Pump" switch down to disengage the pump.
PUMP SHIFT
Pump will be engaged in not more than two steps, by simply setting the parking brake,
which will automatically put the transmission into neutral, and activating a rocker switch
in the cab. Switches in the cab will also allow for water, foam, or CAFS if equipped, and
activate the appropriate system to preset perimeters. The engagement will provide simple
two-step operation, enhance reliability, and completely eliminate gear clash. The shift will
include the indicator lights as mandated by NFPA. A direct override switch will be
located behind a door in the lower pump operator's panel. The switch will automatically
disengage when the door is closed.
As the parking brake is applied,the pump panel throttle will be activated and deactivate
the chassis foot throttle for stationary operation.
Pump and roll operation will be available by releasing the parking brake with the pump in
the pumping mode. Releasing the parking brake will activate the chassis foot throttle, and
deactivate the pump panel throttle. To protect from accidental pump overheating, the
pump will automatically disengage when the truck transmission shifts into second gear.
TRANSMISSION LOCK UP
Transmission lock up is not required as transmission will automatically shift to neutral as
soon as the parking brake is set.
AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water
from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. A water-to-coolant heat
exchanger will be used.
INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
An Akron relief valve will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig.
Relief valve will have a working range of 75 psig to 200 psig.
Outlet will terminate below the framerails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread
adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.
Control will be located behind an access door at the right (passenger's) side pump panel.
PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce Pressure Governor will be provided. An electric pressure governor will be
provided which is capable of automatically maintaining a desired preset discharge pressure
in the water pump. When operating in the pressure control mode, the system will
automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator(within the discharge
capabilities of the pump and water supply)regardless of flow, within the discharge
capacities of the water pump and water supply.
A pressure transducer will be installed in the water discharge of the pump. The transducer
continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the Electronic Control Module
(ECM).
The governor can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes.
In the RPM mode, the governor can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set.
When in this mode, the governor will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine
load (within engine operation capabilities).
In the pressure mode, the governor system can only operate after the fire pump has been
engaged and the vehicle parking brake has been set. When in the pressure mode, the
pressure controller monitors the pump pressure and varies engine speed to maintain a
precise pump pressure. The pressure controller will use a quicker reacting J1939 database
for engine control. (excluding Cat engines)
A preset feature allows a predetermined pressure or rpm to be set.
A pump cavitation protection feature is also provided which will return the engine to idle
should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure
below 30 psi and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds.
The throttle will be a vernier style control, with a large control knob for use with a gloved
hand. A throttle ready light will be provided adjacent to the throttle control. A large .75"
RPM display will be provided to be visible at a glance.
Check engine, and stop engine indicator lights will be provided for easy viewing.
Large .75" push buttons will be provided for menu, mode, preset, and silence selections.
The water tank level indicator will be incorporated in the pressure governor.
A fuel level indicator will be incorporated in the pressure controller.
A pump hour meter will be incorporated in the pressure controller.
The pressure controller will incorporate monitoring for engine temperature, oil pressure,
fuel level alarm, and voltage. Pump monitoring will include, pump gearcase temperature,
error codes, diagnostic data, pump service reminders, and time stamped data logging, to
allow for fast accurate trouble shooting. It will also notify the driver/engineer of any
problems with the engine and the apparatus. Complete understandable messages will be
provided in a 20-character display, providing for fewer abbreviations in the messages. An
automatic dim feature will be included for night operations.
The pressure controller will include a USB port for easy software upgrades,which can be
downloaded through a USB memory stick, eliminating the need for a laptop for software
installations.
A complete interactive manual will be provided with the pressure controller.
PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered,high
efficiency, multi-stage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined
in NFPA pamphlet#1901.
All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel
construction.
One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer.
PUMP WARRANTY
A Pierce six (6)year limited warranty will be provided for the pump. WA copy of the six
(6) year limited warranty document on OEM letterhead will be furnished with bid to
provide further explanation of the pump warranty.
PUMP MANUALS
Two (2) pump manuals from the pump manufacturer will be furnished in compact disc
format with the apparatus. The manuals will cover pump operation,maintenance,
overhaul, and parts.
PLUMBING
All inlet and outlet plumbing, 3.00" and smaller, will be plumbed with either stainless steel
pipe or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with high-tensile polyester braid. Small diameter
secondary plumbing such as drain lines will be stainless steel, brass or hose.
Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is
required for servicing,the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.
Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.
All lines will drain through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain
valves. All individual drain lines for discharges will be extended with a hose to drain
below the chassis frame.
All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.
PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
Except as provided below, and provided the vehicle will have been placed in service
within sixty(60) days after delivery to the original purchaser as established by our
original invoice, for a period ending on the first to occur of the expiration of ten
years or 100,000 miles of vehicle use after delivery to the original purchaser, Pierce
Manufacturing Inc. ("Pierce") warrants to the user that the stainless steel piping that
is 3.00" and smaller in diameter in its first Fire and Rescue Apparatus vehicles will
be free of structural failures caused by defective design,workmanship, or perforation
caused by corrosion. This limited warranty will apply only if the vehicle is properly
maintained and used in service which is normal to the particular vehicle. Normal
service means service which does not subject the vehicle to stresses or impacts
greater than normally result from the careful use of the vehicle or chassis. If the
buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity it must notify Pierce in writing within
thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. This limited warranty is not transferable
by the first user.
Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without
charge, as Pierce may elect,the stainless steel piping or components which Pierce
determines to have failed due to defective design, workmanship, or perforation
caused by corrosion.
A copy of the Pierce warranty is included with this proposal.
MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction
inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic
protection for the pump,thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
Main pump inlets will not be located on the main operator's panel and will maintain a low
connection height by terminating below the top of the chassis frame rail.
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.
The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to
automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty
style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular
maintenance is required on the valve.
Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty.
INLET (Left side)
On the left side pump panel will be one (1)2.50" auxiliary suction,terminating in 2.50"
National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction will be provided with a strainer,
chrome swivel and plug.
INLET (Right side)
On the right side pump panel will be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50"
National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction will be provided with a strainer,
chrome swivel and plug.
The location of the valve for the one (1) inlet will be recessed behind the PP um anel.
P
ANODE,INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the
pump from corrosion.
INLET CONTROL
Control for the side auxiliary inlet(s)will be located at the inlet valve.
INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A .75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves will be located
behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.
The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The
swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting
the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be
routed below the chassis frame rails.
TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty 4.00"
piping and a quarter turn 3.00" valve with the control located at the operator's panel. A
rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis
flexing.
A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of
"back filling" the water tank.
TANK REFILL
A 2.00" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a
quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel.
DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Left Side)
There will be two (2) discharges with a 2.50" valves on the left side of the apparatus,
terminating with a male 2.50"National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharges will be
located below the cab, and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail.
Discharges will not be located on the pump operator's panel. Lever controls will be
provided at the valve.
DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Right Side)
There will be one (1) discharge with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus,
terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. The discharge will
be located below the crew cab, and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail.
The discharge will be electrically controlled at the pump operator's panel.
There will be one (1) discharge outlet with a 3.00" valve on the right side of the apparatus,
terminating with a male 3.00" National Standard hose thread adapter.
DISCHARGE OUTLET, 4.00"
There will be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve body installed on the right
side of the apparatus, below the cab, and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame
rail terminating, with a male 4.00" National Standard hose thread. This discharge outlet
will be electrically controlled at the pump operator's control panel.
DISCHARGE OUTLET (Front)
There will be one (1)preconnected hosebed recessed approx 2" on top of the front bumper
extension. The bed will run from side to side across the top of the bumper extension. The
outside of the front and rear vertical supports will be aluminum treadplate, the center
divider will be smooth aluminum.
The tray will have a hose capacity of 150' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose.
The discharge will be plumbed with 2.50" piping with a 2.50" full flow ball valve
controlled at the pump operator's panel.
The discharge will have a 90-degree swivel and terminate with 1.50" MNHT. The swivel
will swing side to side same as a crosslay.
An aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the tray. Both ends will be open.
Elastic netting will be provided to secure the hose on the sides.
The cover will be fabricated with a full length flange to cover the front of the tray when
closed. The cover will be secured with a Heavy duty latch on each end. A single chrome
grab handle will be provided on the front flange, centered.
Automatic drains will be provided at all low points in the plumbing.
DISCHARGE CAPS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains will be furnished for all side discharge outlets.
The caps will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to
automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
OUTLET BLEEDERS
A .75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain
valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.
The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to
the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a
visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position
for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.
Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled
identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders
will be routed below the chassis frame rails.
ELBOW, 3.00" OUTLET
The 3.00" outlet will be furnished with a 3.00"(F)National Standard hose thread x 5.00"
Storz elbow adapter with Storz cap.
4.00" CAP, LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET
The large diameter outlet will have a National Standard hose thread adapter with a 4.00"
rocker lug chrome plated cap and chain.
The cap will be the VLH, which incorporates a patent pending thread design to
automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at
the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of
the valve or an indicator will be provided to show when the valve is closed.
The passenger's side discharges will be Akron 9304 electric control with the manual
override located on the passenger side pump panel. All other outlets will have manual
swing handles that operate in a vertical up and down motion. These handles will be able to
lock in place to prevent valve creep under pressure.
AERIAL OUTLET
The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the pump to the water tower line with 5.00"
pipe and a 3.50" valve. The control for the waterway valve will be located at the pump
operator's panel.
An indicator will be provided to show when the valve is in the open or closed position.
CROSSLAY HOSE BED
One (1) crosslay with an 1.50" outlet will be provided. The bed to be capable of carrying
200 feet of 1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated
with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Crosslay will be located above the lower 2.50"
crosslay..
Outlet to be equipped with a 1.50"National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located
in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.
The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.
A removable tray will be provided for the crosslay hosebed. The crosslay tray will be
constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two(2)hand holes will be
in the floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and
installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for
drainage and hose drying. Tray will be held in place by a mechanical spring loaded
stainless steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the tray to hold the tray in
place during transit.
CROSSLAY HOSE BED,2.50"
One (1) crosslay with a 2.50" outlet will be provided. The bed to be capable of
carrying 200' of 2.5" hose and will be plumbed with 2.50" i.d. schedule 10 304L
welded or formed stainless steel pipe and gated with a 2.50" quarter turn ball valve.
Threaded pipe will not be acceptable.
The outlet to be equipped with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree
swivel located above the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of
apparatus.
The crosslay will be mounted above the lower 1.5" crosslays. The crosslay controls
will be at the pump operator's panel.
A removable tray will be provided for the crosslay hosebed. The crosslay tray will be
constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two(2) hand holes will be
in the floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and
installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for
drainage and hose drying. Tray will be held in place by a mechanical spring loaded
stainless steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the tray to hold the trays in
place during transit.
CROSSLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
Heavy black nylon webbing will be provided across the ends of the crosslays.
HUSKY 12 FOAM SYSTEM
A Pierce Husky 12 foam proportioning system will be provided that is an on demand,
automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class
"A" & "B" foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant
Class B foams. Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain
consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically balance
and proportion foam solution at rates from 0.1%to 9.9% regardless of variations in water
pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump.
The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. This
will provide a versatile system to meet the demands at a fire.
System Capacity
The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow
rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 250 PSI.
200 GPM @ 6%
400 GPM @ 3%
1200 GPM @ 1%
Class A foam setting in .1 % increments from .1%to 1%. Typical settings of 1%,
.5% and .3% (Maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump
capacity)
Control System
The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump
operators panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system
on/off, control the foam percentage, direct which foam to use on a multi-tank system, and
to set the operation modes (automatic, manual, draft, calibration, or flush).
The percent of injection will have presets for class A and class B foam. These presets can
be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be
easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands.
In order to minimize the use of abbreviations and interpretations, system information will
be displayed on the panel by way of.50 tall LEDs that total fourteen characters (two lines
of 7 each). System on and foam pump on indicator lights will also be included.
Information displayed will include mode of operation(automatic, manual, draft,
calibration, or flush), foam supply selected(Class A or Class B), water total, foam total,
foam percentage, remaining gallons, and time remaining.
The control display will direct a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems
water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The
microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the
foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1)check valve will be installed
in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump.
Low Level, Foam Tank
The control head will display a warning message when the foam tank in use is below a
quarter tank.
Hydraulic Drive System
The foam concentrate pump will be powered by a hydraulic drive system, which is
automatically activated, whenever the vehicle water pump is engaged. A system that
drives the foam pump via an electric motor will not be acceptable. A large parasitic
electric load used to power the foam pump can cause an overload of the chassis electrical
system.
Hydraulic oil cooler will be provided to automatically prevent overheating of the hydraulic
oil, which is detrimental to system components. The oil/water cooler will be designed to
allow continuous system operation without allowing hydraulic oil temperature to exceed
the oil specifications.
The hydraulic oil reservoir will be of four(4) gallons minimum capacity and will also be
of sufficient size to minimize foaming and be located to facilitate checking oil level or
adding oil without spillage or the need to remove access panels.
Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated
design, driven by the hydraulic motor. The pump will be constructed of brass body;
chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase
longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction.
A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components
and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump
The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 12 gpm with all types of
foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein,
AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate
flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam
concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the
concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-
priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as
drums or pails.
External Foam Concentrate Connection
An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored
on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation
after the on-board foam tank is empty. The external foam pick-up will be designed to
allow use with training foam or colored water for training purposes.
Panel Mounted Strainer/External Pick-Up Connection
A bronze body strainer/connector unit will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the
pump panel. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) - 1.00" male connection with
chrome-plated cap integrated to a 2.00" strainer cleanout cap. A check valve will be
installed in the pick-up portion of the cleanout cap. A basket style stainless steel screen
will be installed in the body of the strainer/connector unit. Removal of the 2.00" cleanout
cap will be all that is required to gain access to and remove the stainless steel basket
screen. The strainer/connector unit will be ahead of the foam concentrate pump inlet port
to insure that all agent reaching the foam pump has been strained.
Pick-Up Hose
A 1.00" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The
hose will be supplied with a 1.00" female swivel NST thread swivel connector. The hose
will be shipped loose.
Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to two (2) crosslays and the front discharge.
System Electrical Load
The foam proportioning will not impose an electrical load on the vehicle electrical system
any greater than five (5) amps at 12VDC.
Tank Selector
An electric valve will be used for the foam supply valve. The foam supply valve will be
controlled at the foam system control head for ease of operation. The supply valve will be
electric, remote controlled,to eliminate air pockets in the foam tank supply hose.
Maintenance Message
A message will be displayed on the control head to advise when system maintenance needs
to be performed. The message will display interval for cleaning the foam strainer,
cleaning for the water strainers, and changing the hydraulic oil.
Flush System
The system will be designed such that a flush mode will be provided to allow the system to
flush all foam concentrate with clear water. The flush circuit control logic will ensure the
foam tank supply valve is closed prior to opening the flush valve. The flush valve will be
operated at the foam system control head for ease of operation. The valve will be
electrically controlled and located as close to the foam tank supply valve as possible. A
manual flush drain valve will be labeled and conveniently located.
FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will
have a capacity of 30 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class "B" foam. The brand
of foam stored in this tank will be TBD. The foam cell will reduce the capacity of the
water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
FOAM TANK DRAIN
A system of 1.00" foam tank drains will be provided, integrated into the foam
systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to
pump hoses running from the tank(s)to the panel mounted strainer will 1.00"
diameter. The foam system controller will have a mode that allows for a given
foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer
will be usable as a tank drain mode.
An adaptor will be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be
used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose will be attached to
the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode will allow the operator to
open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re-fill
foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle.
PUMP CONTROL PANELS(Left Side Control)
Pump controls and gauges will be located midship at the left (driver's) side of the
apparatus and properly identified.
The main pump operator's control panel will be completely enclosed and located in the
forward section of the body compartment,to protect against road debris and weather
elements. The pump operators panels will be no more than 30.00" wide, and made in four
(4) sections with the center section easily removable with simple hand tools. For the
safety of the pump operator,there will be no discharge outlets or pump inlets located on
the main pump operators panel.
Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically
organized. The upper section will contain the master gauges. This section will be angled
down for easy visibility. The center section will contain the pump controls aligned in two
horizontal rows. The pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical
switches, and foam controls (if applicable) will be located on or adjacent to the center
panel,on the side walls for easy operation and visibility. The lower section will contain
the outlet drains.
Manual controls will be easy moving 8" long lever style controls that operate in a vertical,
up and down swing motion. These handles will have a 2.25" diameter knob and be able to
lock in place to prevent valve creep under any pressure. Bright finish bezels will
encompass the opening, be securely mounted to the pump operators panel, and will
incorporate the discharge gauge bezel. Bezels will be bolted to the panel for easy removal
and gauge service. The drivers side discharges will be controlled directly at the valve.
There will be no push-pull style control handles. (no exception)
Identification tags for the discharge controls will be recessed within the same bezel. The
discharge identification tags will be color coded, with each discharge having its own
unique color.
All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome-plated
bezels.
All discharge outlets will be color coded and labeled to correspond with the discharge
identification tag.
The pump panels for the midship discharge and intake ports will be located ahead of the
body compartments with no side discharge or intake higher than the frame rail. The pump
panels will be easily removable with simple hand tools.
PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that
will provide user-friendly operation.
PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM
A pull out platform will be provided at the pump operator's control panel.
The front edge and the top surface of the platform will be made of bright aluminum
treadplate with a Morton Cass insert.
The platform will be 22.00" deep and 35.00" wide. The platform will lock in the retracted
and the extended position.
The platform will be wired to the "step not stowed" indicator in the cab.
PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump operators panel and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a
brushed finish. The pump panels on the driver and passenger's side will be constructed of
stainless steel with a brushed finish.
PUMP AND PLUMBING ACCESS
Simple access to the plumbing will be provided through the front of the body area by
raising the cab for complete plumbing service and valve maintenance. Access to valves
will not require removal of operator panels or pump panels. Access for rebuilding of the
pump will not require removal of more than the tank to pump line and a single discharge
line. This access will allow for fast, easy valve or pump rebuilding, making for reduced
out of service times. Steps will be provided for access to the top of the pump.
Access to the pump will be provided by raising the cab. The pump will be positioned such
that all maintenance and overhaul work can be performed above the frame and under the
tilted cab. The service and overhaul work on the pump will not require the removal of
operator panels or pump panels. Complete pump casing and gear case removal will
require no more than removal of the intake and discharge manifolds, driveline, coolers and
a single discharge line. The pump case and gear case will be able to be removed by lifting
upward without interference from piping and be removable in less than 3 hours.
Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure
controller.
- Check Transmission Warning Indicator Light
- Stop Engine Warning Indicator Light
- Check Engine Warning Indicator Light.
GAUGES, VACUUM and PRESSURE
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be silicone filled and manufactured by Class
1, Inc.
The gauges will be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black
lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.
Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and
threaded retaining nut.
The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump
operator's control panel.
Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be
connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the
pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non-corrosive
polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They will be marked with a label.
This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective
bourdon tube.
PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1 interlube filled.
They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering.
Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and
threaded retaining nut.
Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#.
The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.
This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective
bourdon tube.
WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers
water level by means of 9 LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty
LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-
degree of clear viewing.
To further alert the pump operator,the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank
volume is less than 25%, and will have "Down Chasing LEDs when the tank is almost
empty.
The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the
tank or cell.
MINI SLAVE UNIT
An electric water level gauge will be provided in the cab that registers water level by
means of 5 LEDs. They will be at 1/4 level increments with a tank empty LED. The
LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-degree of clear
viewing.
FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
A Pierce electric foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel, that registers
foam level by means of 9 LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty
LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180
degree of clear viewing. The gauge will match the water level gauge in the pressure
controller.
To further alert the pump operator, will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less
than 25%, and will have Down Chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.
The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the
tank or cell. This method provides accuracy with an array of multi-viscosity foams.
SIDE CONTROL PUMP OPERATOR'S/PUMP PANEL LIGHTING
Illumination will be provided for controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and
instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus and the equipment provided on it.
External illumination will be a minimum of five (5) footcandles on the face of the device.
Internal illumination will be a minimum of four (4) footlamberts.
The pump panels will be illuminated by a light on each side of the back of the cab.
The pump operator's panel will utilize strip lighting at the forward doorframe and an
overhead light.
ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION
All 12-volt wiring and harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to
specification PM-QA W-101: Pierce manufacturing Wiring Harness Specification.
To ensure rugged dependability, all wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus
manufacturer will conform to the following specifications:
SAE J1128 - Low tension primary cable
SAE J1292 - Automobile,truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring
SAE J163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips
SAE J2202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on-highway trucks
NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus
FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars,multipurpose
passenger vehicles, trucks and buses
SAE J1939 - Serial communications protocol
SAE J2030 - Heavy-duty electrical connector performance standard
SAE J2223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses
NEC -National Electrical Code
SAE J561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type
SAE J928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A
For increased reliability and harness integrity, harnesses will be routed throughout the cab
and chassis in a manner which allows the harnessing to be laid into its mounting location.
Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of wires through tubes will not be allowed.
Wiring will be run in loom or conduit where exposed, and have grommets or other edge
protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring will be color, function and number
coded. Wire colors will be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each
wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires will
not be allowed. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring
harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors
will be protected by an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed
wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements
such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and
equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:
(1) All wire ends not placed into connectors will be sealed with a heat shrink end cap.
Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap will not be allowed.
(2) All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers,
liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab
roof.
(3) Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a
manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined
as any location outside of the cab or body.
(4) For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for
maintenance will be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire will be
provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting
area for inspection and service work.
(5) Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to non-waterproof electrical
connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will
require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the
plug.
(6) Any lights containing non-waterproof sockets in a weather-exposed area will have
corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.
(7) All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have DOW 1890 protective Coating
applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.
(8) Rubber coated metal clamps will be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables
routed along the chassis frame rails.
(9) Heat shields will be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist.
Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust will be protected by a heat shield.
(10)Cab and crew cab harnessing will not be routed through enclosed metal tubing.
Dedicated wire routing channels will be used to protect harnessing therefore
improving the overall integrity of the vehicle electrical system. The design of the cab
will allow for easy routing of additional wiring and easy access to existing wiring.
(11)All braided wire harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification
of the harness part number and fabrication date.
(12) All standard wiring entering or exiting the cab will be routed through sealed bulkhead
connectors to protect against water intrusion into the cab.
BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION
All 12-volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus
manufacturer will conform to the following requirements:
SAE J1127 - Battery Cable
SAE J561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type
SAE J562 -Nonmetallic loom
SAE J836A - Automotive metallurgical joining
SAE J 1292 -Automotive truck,truck-tractor,trailer and motor coach wiring
NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus
Battery cables and battery cable harnessing will be installed utilizing the following
guidelines:
(1) All battery cables and battery harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy
identification of the harness part number and fabrication date.
(2) Splices will not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses.
(3) For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables will be color coded. All
positive battery cables will be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of
the cable. All negative battery cables will be black in color.
(4) For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab
and chassis will be red in color.
(5) For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on
the exterior of the apparatus will be coated to prevent corrosion.
ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION
All lighting used on the apparatus will be, at a minimum, a two (2)wire light grounded
through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal
structure for grounding will not be allowed.
An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently
attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results
of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery.
STEP LIGHTS
Two (2) Ri-Tar, Model M27HW2 LED, step lights will be provided on the aerial body.
One (1) Trucklite 40034 light will be provided at the set of steps leading to the aerial
turntable.
The step lights will be actuated by the aerial master switch in the cab.
REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
Three(3)pairs of wrap around LED lights will be provided. Each group will include a
stop-tail light, a directional light and a backup light.
The lights will be mounted on the face of the rear body compartments.
Four(4) red reflectors will be provided.
A Weldon, Model 23882-2600-00, license plate bracket will be mounted on the driver's
side above the warning lights. A Weldon, Model 9186-23882-30, step lamp will
illuminate the license plate.
REAR ID/MARKER DOT LIGHTING
The three (3) identification lights located at the rear will be installed per the
following:
Ri-Tar, Model M27, LED
As close as practical to the vertical centerline.
Centers spaced not less than six (6) inches or more than twelve (12) inches
apart.
Red in color.
All at the same height.
The four(4) clearance lights located at the rear will be installed per the following:
Ri-Tar, Model M27, LED
To indicate the overall width of the vehicle.
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline.
All at the same height.
As near the top as practical.
To be visible from the rear and the side.
One (1) each side, facing the side.
One (1) each side, facing the rear.
Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
LIGHT,INTERMEDIATE
There will be one (1) pair, of Truck-Lite, Model: 60115Y, amber, LED, turn signal,
marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, horizontally in the rear fender panel.
A stainless steel trim will be included with this installation.
MARKER LIGHTS
There will be One(1)pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm,
located at rear of apparatus each side. The amber lens will face the front and the red
lens will face the rear of the truck.
These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle.
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated
automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not
Move Apparatus If Light Is On".
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady
tone alarm when the parking brake is released.
DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the gauge panel LCD located forward of the steering wheel
directly in front of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The
messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position
(parking brake disengaged).
The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):
Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open)
DS Body Door Open(Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open.
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Hatch Door Open
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed(Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to
cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a
caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be eight(8)Amdor LED compartment light strips provided in compartments
each body compartment. Strips will be mounted vertically along the side of the door
framing. There will be a minimum of one (1) light per compartment. The light strips will
be centered along the vertical side of the doorframe.
Any remaining compartments will include 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model: 79384,
lights in each enclosed compartment. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament,
two wire bulb.
Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on.
PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
A pump compartment light will be provided inside the right side pump enclosure and
accessible through a door on the pump panel.
A .125" weep hole will be provided in each light lens, preventing moisture retention.
PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS. CAB
There will be a Truck-lite, model 44042C, 4.00", LED, grommet mount weatherproof light
provided for each cab door. Lighting will be designed to provide illumination on areas
under the driver, officer, and crew cab riding area exits,which will be activated
automatically when the exit doors are opened, by the door jam switch and by the same
means as the body perimeter lights.
The lighting will be capable of providing illumination at a minimum level of two (2) foot-
candles on ground areas within 30.00" of the edge of the apparatus in areas which
personnel climb in or out of the apparatus or descend from the apparatus to the ground
level.
PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, BODY
There will be a total of four(4)Truck-Lite,Model 44042C, LED lights provided on the
apparatus. Each light will consist of a 4.00" weatherproof LED light, rubber mount, and
pigtail kit.
The lights will be mounted in the following locations:
Two (2) lights will be provided under the rear step area.
One (1) light will be provided each side under the pump panel running boards.
The lighting will be capable of providing illumination at a minimum level of two (2) foot-
candles on ground areas within 30.00" of the edge of the apparatus in areas designed for
personnel to climb onto the apparatus or descend from the apparatus to the ground level.
The lights will be activated by a parking brake.
WORK LIGHTS
Two (2)-6.00" Unity AG deck lights will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The
lights will be furnished with a halogen flood bulb.
HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT
There will be four(4) Pelican Products, Model 3750DWT, Big Ed, rechargeable light
systems with 12VDC adapter installed cab TBD.
HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be Streamlight model SL-20X-LED lights with a black body provided. There
will be two (2) lights mounted Cab TBD. A 120 volt charger will be included.
VIDEO SYSTEM, SAFETY VISION WITH PIERCE DISPLAY
A Safety Vision video system with Model 620 color rear view and 622 color side
view video cameras will be provided. All cameras feature a built in microphone,
activated with the camera.
Cameras will be at the rear of the vehicle, as close to center as possible and activated
when the vehicle is put into reverse.
Images will be displayed in the cab on the Pierce display provided. An amplified speaker
with volume control permitting audio from the active camera will also be provided.
AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Grover air horns will be provided and located, in the front bumper, recessed out
board of frame. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing
.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in-line to prevent loss of air, in
the air brake system.
AIR HORN CONTROL
The air horns will be actuated by a lanyard rope pull control within reach of the officer and
by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air
homs or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on
the instrument panel.
ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen, Model: 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be
provided.
Electronic siren head will be recessed in the overhead console above the engine tunnel on
the driver side.
The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot
switches will be provided.
SPEAKER
There will be one (1) speaker provided. Each speaker will be a Whelen model SA314AH
heavy duty version, 100-watt, in a black finish with optional SACSTFMP polished
aluminum flange casting . Each speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
The speaker(s) will be recessed in the front bumper on the driver's side.
MECHANICAL SIREN. (Auxiliary)
A Federal Q213 siren will be furnished. A siren brake button will be installed on the switch
panel.
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side. The siren will
be properly supported using the bumper framework.
The mechanical siren will be actuated by two (2) foot switches, one (1) located on the
officer's side and one (1) on the driver's side.
WARNING LIGHT (Cab Roon
Two (2)24" Whelen model FNMINI LED lightbars will be mounted on the cab roof, one
(1) on each side, above the driver's and passenger's door.
Each lightbar will include the following:
One (1) forward facing red LED flashing light.
One (1) side facing red LED flashing light.
Two (2) comer red LED flashing lights.
One (1) switch located in the cab on the switch panel will control these lights.
SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
Four(4) Whelen Model 60*02F*R, flashing Super LED warning lights will be located in
the following positions:
Two (2) lights, one each side on the bumper extension.
The color of these lights will be red Super LED/red lens each side.
Two (2) lights, behind each crew cab door, rear stabilizer warning lights will be
part of the NFPA side lower warning zone package.
The color of these lights will be red Super LED/red lens each side.
The above four(4) lights will be required to meet or exceed the lower level optical
warning and optical power requirements of NFPA.
These lights will be controlled by a lighted switch on the cab instrument panel.
These lights will be installed with a flange.
REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
Two (2) Whelen model 90**5FR, flashing "Super" LED warning lights will be located at
the rear of the apparatus, required to meet or exceed the lower level optical warning and
optical power requirements of NFPA.
The color of these lights will be red Super LED/red lens.
One (1) switch in the cab on the switch panel will control these lights.
These lights will be installed with a flange.
WARNING LIGHTS (Rear)
One (1)pair of Whelen red Super LED/red lens 90**5FR flashing Super LED lights will
be provided.
These lights will be located at the rear of the body each side high on rear compt bulkheads,
and activated with with the rear upper warning switch.
These lights will be installed with a flange.
WARNING LIGHTS (Rear of Hose Bed)
Two (2) Whelen L31H*FN LED warning beacons will be provided at the rear of the truck,
located one (1) each side. These lights will be activated by a lighted switch on the
instrument panel.
The color of the lights will be red LEDs with both domes red.
TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Code 3 model NASL630, 30.50" long x 2.00" high x 2.87"
deep, LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.
A Code 3 control head will be included with this installation.
The auxiliary warning mode will be activated with the control head only.
This traffic directing light will be surface mounted over the rear door, at the rear of the
apparatus as high as practical.
The traffic directing light controller will be located within the switch panel on the engine
tunnel. The controller will be within easy reach of the driver.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT
The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation:
General
Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will
produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus five (5) cycles.
Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment
and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70,National Electrical Code (herein
referred to as the NEC).
Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be
listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will
be used only in the manner for which they have been listed.
Grounding
Grounding will be in accordance with Section 250-6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted
Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided
copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding.
An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91
(Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC.
The grounded current carrying conductor(neutral) will be insulated from the equipment
grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The
neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means
of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC.
In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and
driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper
conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the
nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-
15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low
voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used.
All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the
continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source.
Operation
Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating
instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently
attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place.
Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation.
The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source
operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to
prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position.
A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the
operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the information detailed
in Figure 19-4.10.
Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445
(Generators) of the NEC.
Overcurrent protection
The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the
power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144 inches.
(3658 mm) in length.
For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type
THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible
conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degrees Fahrenheit(90 degrees Celsius).
For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line
side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix
WA flexible cord rated for 600-volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).
Wiring Methods
Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following:
- Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194
degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
or
-Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than
194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or
fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system
components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows:
- Separated by a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust
piping
- Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) distance.
Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within six (6) inches (152 mm) of any junction
box and at a minimum of every 24 inches (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be
made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a
design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to
the vehicle.
Wiring Identification
All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and
permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate
the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the
unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size.
Wet Locations
All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote
power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover
and installed in accordance with Section 210-7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the
NEC.
All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24 inches (610 mm) from the
ground. Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of 30 inches (762 nun) from
the ground.
The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not
more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position.
Dry Locations
All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be
not less than 30 inches (762 min) above the interior floor height.
All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120-volts or 240-volts) and
the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase,
they will be so marked.
Listing
All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety
Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards.
Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service.
Electrical System Testing
The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the
installer of the line voltage system.
The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a
dielectric voltage withstand test of 900 volts for one (1) minute. The test will be
conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the
vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after
all body work has been completed.
Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and
receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made.
Operational Test per Curent NFPA 1901 Standards
The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the
power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are
properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results
certified by Underwriters Laboratories.
The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical
system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating.
The power source will be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum
of two (2)hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current
NFPA 1901 standard.
Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the
minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard will be
applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test.
GENERATOR
The apparatus will be equipped with a complete AC (alternating current) electrical power
system. The generator will be a Harrison Model 8.OMAS-16R/D-1101111511, 8,000 watt
hydraulic driven unit.
The generator will be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic
pump and motor.
The hydraulic engagement supply will be operational at any time (no interlocks).
An electric/hydraulic valve will supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit
provided on the chassis PTO drive.
Generator Instruments and Controls
To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel will be furnished and
mounted near the circuit breaker panel.
GENERATOR LOCATION
The generator will be mounted in the cargo area at the front of the body in in cargo area
driver side. The flooring in this area will be either reinforced or constructed, in such a
manner, that it will handle the additional weight of the generator.
GENERATORSTART
A switch will be located on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator.
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
The circuit breaker panel will be located compartment D4.
120 VOLT LIGHTING
The apparatus will be equipped with a top mount non-telescoping Fire Research Model
FC570 with a Focus light head, model S75 quartz tube flood light. Each light head will be
120 volt, 750 watts, with a 6.3 amp draw and have an output of 21,000 lumens. The light
head will swivel 360 degrees left or right and tilt up and down. All wiring to the circuit
breaker box will be a minimum of 14 gauge 3 wire cord that is properly supported and
protected from damage.
A total of Four (4)will be provided four comers of body.
240 VOLT LIGHTING
The apparatus will be equipped with a telescoping top raise Fire Research, Model FC600
quartz tube tripod floodlight with a Focus Light Head Model M15. Each light head will
be 240 volt, 1,500 watts, draw 6.25 amps and have an output of 35,000 lumens. The light
head will swivel 360 degrees left or right and tilt up and down.
A Fire Research FC603 quick release truck mounting bracket will be provided and
installed on the truck in the specified location.
A receptacle will be provided near the base of the light.
A 20 amp, 240 volt, twist-lock plug with protective boot will be provided.
A total of Two (2) will be provided Back wall of cab.
120 VOLT LIGHTING, TIP OF LADDER
Two (2), Kwik-Raze 636, Magnafire 3000, 750 watt, 120 volt light(s), with non-telescopic,
permanent mount will be provided at the tip of the ladder. The light(s) will be located on
the driver and passenger side.
Light(s)will be 120 volts.
Light(s) will be switched at the lighthead and turntable.
ELECTRIC CORD REEL
Furnished with the 120 volt AC electrical system will be a Akron, cord reel. The reel will
be provided with a 12-volt electric rewind switch, that is guarded to prevent accidental
operation and labeled for its intended use. The switch will be protected with a fuse and
installed at a height not to exceed 72 inches above the operators standing position.
The reel will be capable holding 12/3 600 volt cable or 10/3 600 volt cable.
The hose reel will include the following features:
- Heavy-duty construction for durability
- All stainless steel hardware
- Rolled disc edges
- Live slip ring design
- Includes the gang box attached to the commutator
- Universal frame with four motor locations
- Meets NFPA requirements for reel overage of 10%
The exterior finish of the reel(s) will be painted job color matching the body exterior..
A captive roller assembly shall be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel. A
ball stop will be provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel.
A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will
indicate current rating, current type, phase,voltage and total cable length.
A total of one (1) cord reel will be provided dunage area officers side.
The cord reel should be configured with three (3) conductors.
REEL WARRANTY
The electric reel will come with a five (5) year warranty provided by the reel
manufacturer.
CORD
Provided for electric distribution will be one (1) length installed on the reel of 200 feet of
yellow 10/3 electrical cord, weather resistant 105 degree C to -50 degree C, 600 volt
jacketed SOOW cord. A Hubbell L5-20, 20 amp, 120 volt, twist lock connector body will
be installed on the end of the cord.
20 AMP RECEPTACLE
Wired to the power supply will be four(4) receptacles that are a 120 volt 20 amp three
wire twist-lock NEMA L5-20 type with weather resisting cover located one each side body
fender panels and two at reat of apparatus.
KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
one (1) shoreline receptacle will be provided to operate the dedicated 120-volt circuits on
the truck without the use of the generator.
The shoreline receptacle (s) will be provided with a NEMA 5-20, 120 volt, 20 amp,
straight blade Kussmaul Super auto eject plug with a red weatherproof cover. The cover is
spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline is not
connected.
The unit is completely sealed to prevent road dirt contamination.
A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started. This
instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle.
An internal switch arrangement will be provided to disconnect the load prior to ejection to
eliminate arcing of the connector contacts.
The shoreline will be connected to battery charger.
A mating connector body will also be supplied with the loose equipment.
The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door.
THREE M-SECTION 75 FOOT AERIAL LADDER
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
The ladder will be constructed to meet the requirements as described in the current NFPA
1901 standard.
Some portions of this specification exceed minimum NFPA recommendations and will be
considered a minimum requirement to be met.
LADDER CONSTRUCTION
To insure a high strength to weight ratio and an inherent corrosion resistance, the aerial
ladder will be completely constructed of high strength aluminum.
The aerial ladder will consist of three welded extruded aluminum telescopic ladder
sections,which will extend to a minimum height of 75 feet above the ground at full
extension and elevation. The measurement of height will be consistent with the current
NFPA 1901 standard.
The operating range of the ladder will be -8 degrees to +76 degrees.
The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from
an elevated position to the ground. The egress section will be designed to maintain the
rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement.
The rated horizontal reach will be 67.8'.
The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with the current NFPA 1901
standard.
The measurement will be from the outermost rung at full extension to the centerline of
turntable rotation.
The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 750 pounds at the tip and 100
pound equipment allowance in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360-degree
rotation,up to full extension and from -8 degrees to+76 degrees.
All side rails, rungs, handrails, uprights and K-braces will be made of structural 6061T6
alloy aluminum extrusions.
All material will be tested and certified by the material supplier.
All ladder sections will be semi-automatically welded by shielded arc welding methods
using 5356 aluminum alloy welding wire.
Structural rivets or bolts will not be utilized in the ladder weldment sections.
Due to the unpredictable nature of fire ground operations, a minimum safety factor of 2.5
to 1 is desired without '/<"of ice build-up.
A safety factor of 2.0 to 1 is desired for environmental loading (wind plus ''/4" of ice build-
up).
This structural safety factor will apply to all structural aerial components including
turntable and torque box stabilizer components.
Definition of the structural safety factor will be as outlined in the current NFPA 1901
standard:
DL =Dead load stress. Stress produced by the weight of the aerial device and all
permanently attached components.
RL =Rated capacity stress. Stress produced by the rated capacity load of the ladder.
WL = Water load stress. Stress produced by nozzle reaction force and the weight of water
in the water delivery system.
FY = Material yield strength. The stress at which material exhibits permanent
deformation.
2.5 x DL + 2.5 x RL + 2.5 x WL equal to/less than FY
2.0 x DL+ 2.0 x RL + 2.0 x WL +2.0 x Ice Loading equal ual to/less than FY
The minimum NFPA specification is exceeded by providing a safety factor above 2 to 1
while flowing water, and a safety factor of 2 to 1 with ice build-up.
The stability factor or tip over safety margin will be a minimum of 1.5 to I as defined by
the current NFPA 1901 standard.
An independent engineering firm will verify the aerial safety factor.
Design verification will include computer modeling and analysis, and extensive strain
gauge testing witnessed by an independent registered professional engineer.
Verification will include written certification from the independent engineering firm made
available by the manufacturer upon request from the purchaser.
All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections,turntable,pedestal
and outriggers will be performed by welders who are certified to American Welding
Society Standards DI.l, D1.2 and D1.3 as outlined in the current NFPA 1901 standard.
The weldment assemblies of each production unit will be tested visually and mechanically
by an ASNT certified level lI non-destructive test technician to comply with the current
NFPA 1901 standard.
Testing procedures will conform to the American Welding Society Standard B 1.1 0 Guide
for non-destructive testing. Test methods may include dye penetrant, ultrasound and
magnetic particle where applicable.
Each ladder section will consist of two (2) extruded aluminum side rails and a combination
of aluminum rungs,tubular diagonals, verticals and two(2) full-length handrails.
The rungs on all sections will be K-braced for maximum lateral stability.
This K-bracing will extend to the center of each rung to minimize ladder side deflection.
The ladder rungs will be designed to eliminate the need to replace rubber-rung covers.
The rungs will be spaced on 14 inch centers and have an integral skid-resistant surface as
outlined in the current NFPA 1901 standard.
An oval shaped rung will be utilized to provide a larger step surface at low angles and
more comfortable grip at elevated positions.
The minimum design load will be 500 pounds distributed over a 3 1/2" wide area as
outlined in the current NFPA 1901 standard.
Each aerial ladder section will have heat sensor labels that are preset to 300 degrees F with
expiration year. The heat labels will meet the current NFPA 1901 standard.
The aerial ladder will exceed the current NFPA 1901 standard governing the minimum
ladder section width and handrail height.
Section Width Height
Base Section 34.38" 26.13"
Second Section 27.38" 22.63"
Fly Section 21.38" 19.50"
TURNTABLE
The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing.
The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder
connecting pins and upper turntable operator's position.
A 39.41" diameter turntable bearing with a 3.50" drive gear face will be bolted to the top
of the bearing mounting plate with 3/4" diameter Grade 8 plated bolts.
Gear teeth will be stub tooth form.
The rated overturning moment of the turntable bearing will be a minimum of 441,400 ft
lbs.
The operator's turntable platform will be constructed of.50" aluminum deck plate with
non-skid aluminum oxide surface.
The platform will extend 23" from the turntable control station base, with a width of
approximately 18".
The rear of the platform will extend approximately 26" back from the turntable and will be
approximately 3 8" wide at the rear.
The turntable will be modified at the passenger side to allow for easier access to the hose
bed for hose loading. The portion of the turntable outboard of the rotational motor will be
omitted, and the handrails will be modified as required.
The platform will be fastened by grade 8 bolts.
The turntable handrails will be a minimum 42" high and will not increase the overall travel
height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from 1.25" diameter extruded
6063-T6 aluminum with a slip resistant knurled surface. The handrails will be anodized to
resist corrosion.
The turntable is lighted for nighttime operation with two work lights activated by the aerial
master switch.
ELEVATION SYSTEM
Dual 5" diameter elevating cylinders will be mounted on the underside of the base section
of the ladder.
Two (2) 2.00" diameter stainless steel pins will fasten the cylinder to the turntable and also
fasten to the ladder.
The pins will have 125000 psi minimum yield strength and will be secured with '/z" GR 8
bolt with lock nuts.
The bolts are to ensure that the pins do not walk out of the mounting brackets on the
turntable and base section.
The elevating cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings on
both ends of the cylinders.
The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings (no external
lubrication required).
The cylinders will function only to elevate the ladder and not as a structural member to
stabilize the ladder side movement.
The elevating cylinders will be provided with pilot operated check valves on the barrel and
rod side of the piston to prevent movement of the ladder in case of a loss of hydraulic
pressure.
Operation envelope will be -8 to 76 degrees.
The elevation system will be designed following the current NFPA 1901 standard.
The elevation hydraulic cylinders will incorporate cushions on the upper limit of travel.
The hydraulic system will have a hydraulic circuit to reduce the elevation raising speed of
the aerial.
When the aerial reaches approximately 65 degrees, the circuit will be activated and the
elevation speed will be reduced.
The reduce speed will minimize the whipping action of the aerial at maximum elevation.
This circuit will only be for the raise function of the aerial.
The hydraulic elevation cylinders will also serve as a locking device to hold the aerial in
the stored position for road travel.
The lowering circuit for the hydraulic cylinders will have a relief valve to prevent damage
to the aerial base section or boom support when the aerial is being stored.
EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
Both power extension and retraction will be furnished and meet the requirements of the
current NFPA 1901 standard.
Extension will be by way of two (2) extending cylinders mounted on the side of the base
section of the ladder.
The cylinders will be supplied with dual pilot operated check valves on each stabilizer
cylinder to hold the cylinder in position should a charged line be severed at any point in
the hydraulic system.
No hoses will be permitted between a holding valves and cylinder.
CYLINDER SIZE
Bore 2.50"
Stroke 112.00"
The cylinders will operate through a block and tackle wire rope arrangement to extend and
retract the ladder.
Maximum extension of the ladder is to be automatically limited by the stroke of the
cylinders.
The normal operating wire rope safety factor will be 5: 1 and the stall safety factor will be
2:1 based on the breaking strength of the wire ropes.
The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used
will be 1 to 12.
Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7)strands over an inner wire core for increased
flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.
All cylinder and sheave pivot pins will be made of 125,000 psi yield stainless steel
material.
The cylinder and sheaved bearing are designed as not to require external lubrication
(maintenance free).
LADDER CABLE SIZE
1 st Section(4, 2 extend and 2 retract) 1/2" 7 x 19 galvanized cable
2nd Section 4, 2 extend and 2 retract 5/16" 7 x 19 galvanized cable
The ladder assembly will consist of three (3) separate weldments that will extend and
retract within each other.
Nylatron PAG+ OIL slide pads will be utilized between each section to minimize friction.
Four(4) T type interlocking load transfer stations will enclose the slide pads.
The transfer stations will be located at the upper portion of the base and second ladder
sections.
Additional guide pad are located along the aerial section to guide the ladder during
retraction and extension.
ROTATION SYSTEM
The aerial will be supplied with a powered rotation system as outlined in the current NFPA
1901 standard.
The hydraulic rotation motor will provide continuous rotation under all rated conditions
and be supplied with a brake to prevent unintentional rotation.
The swing drive brake will meet the side pull test as stated in the current NFPA 1901
standard.
A high torque hydraulic motor driven through a spring applied hydraulically released
multiple disk brakes into a planetary gearbox will accomplish rotation.
The gearbox will have a minimum continuous torque rating of 60,000 in. lbs. and a
minimum intermittent rating of 130,000 in. lbs.
The turntable bearing, ring gear teeth, pinion gear, planetary gearbox and output shaft will
be certified by the manufacturer of the components for the application.
ROTATION INTERLOCK
A permanently installed prevention mechanism will be provided as part of the rotation
system to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have
not been fully deployed (short jacked).
The mechanism will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial in the 180 degree area on
the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed.
The system will also have a manual override to comply with the current NFPA 1901
standard.
This will consist of a switch located in the lower control station so that activation will
require two (2)persons (one at an aerial device control location and one at the lower
control station).
AERIAL PEDESTAL
The pedestal assembly will be a welded assembly made of structural steel channel with
1.5" thick top plate and .75" bottom plates, and 3/8" thick integral bulkheads. The vertical
member will be a 3/8" wall cylinder with a 28" outside diameter and will connect the
rotation bearing mounting plate to the lower substructure.
The pedestal assembly will be bolted to the chassis frame with .88" diameter Grade 8
bolts, and will be utilized to mount the outrigger jacks and reservoir for the aerial
hydraulic system.
LOAD CAPACITIES
The following load capacities will be established, with the stabilizers at full horizontal
extension and placed in the down position,to level the truck and to relieve the weight from
the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation.
A load chart will be visible at the operator's station. The load chart will show the
recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. (no
exception) The ratings in an unsupported, fully extended configuration will maintain a 2.5
to 1 safety factor. A safety factor of 2.0 to 1 will be maintained with a 35 mph wind.
The aerial device will have a rated capacity of 750 lbs. consistent with the current NFPA
1901 standard.
The rated capacity will include 750 lbs. in personnel allowance and 100 lbs. for equipment
mounted at the tip of the ladder.
The aerial device will be rated in multiple configurations as outlined in the current NFPA
1901 standard.
The loads in each configuration are in addition to 100 lbs of equipment mounted at the tip.
Condition #1-Tip load onl , no water flowing
Elevation Capacity in personnel (Maximum Pounds (Maximum)
-8 to 29 degrees 3 on Fly 750 lbs
30 to 39 degrees 3 on Fly, 1 on Mid, 1 on Base 750 lbs, 250 lbs, 250 lbs
40 to 49 degrees 3 on Fly, 2 on Mid, 2 on Base 750 lbs, 500 lbs, 500 lbs
50 to 59 degrees 4 on Fly, 2 on Mid, 3 on Base 1000 lbs, 500 lbs, 750 lbs
60 to 76 degrees 4 on Fly, 3 on Mid, 3 on Base 1000 lbs, 750 lbs, 750 lbs
Condition #2 Ladder Tip loads while flowing 1000 GPM
Elevation Capacity in Personnel (Maximum Pounds Maximum
-8 to 29 degrees 2 on Fly 500 lbs
30 to 39 degrees 2 on Fly, 1 on Base 500 lbs, 250 lbs
40 to 49 degrees 2 on Fly, 1 on Mid, 1 on Base 500 lbs, 250 lbs, 250 lbs
50 to 59 degrees 3 on Fly, 2 on Mid, 2 on Base 750 lbs, 500 lbs, 500 lbs
60 to 76 degrees 4 on Fly, 2 on Mid, 3 on Base 1000 lbs, 500 lbs, 750 lbs
Reduced loads at the fly can be redistributed to the mid or base sections as needed.
BOOM SUPPORT
A heavy duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel
position.
On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the
ladder comes into contact with the boom support.
The boom support will be located just to the rear of the chassis cab.
BOOM SUPPORT COMPARTMENT DIRECTLY BEHIND THE CAB
A compartment will be provided on each side of the apparatus directly behind the cab.
Each compartment will utilize the available depth from the face of pump panel to boom
support.
Compartment will be made of bright aluminum treadplate. The interior dimensions of
each compartment will be 41.63" high x 9.75" wide x 8.00" deep.
A single pan door, fabricated from bright aluminum treadplate, will be provided for each
compartment. The clear door opening of each compartment will be 34.25" high x 7.75"
wide.
Two (2) "D"-ring latches will be provided on each door. Latches will be spaced evenly to
allow a third of the door above the top latch and a third of the door between latches.
FOLDING STEPS
One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of
folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright
finished, non-skid luminescent folding type. The luminescent coating is rechargeable from
any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours.
EXTENSION INDICATOR
Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each
inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every ten(10) feet. They will
indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly
visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness,the markings
and numerical indicators will be of a red reflective material.
SPOTLIGHTS
Four(4) Unity AG-S-4007 12 volt spot/flood lights will be furnished.
The two (2) "tracking lights" will be mounted on the base section of the ladder, one (1) on
each side.
The two (2) "tip lights" will be mounted on the tip of the ladder, one(1) on each side.
The lights will be mounted below the handrail height so as not to increase the overall
height of the unit.
An individual master switch with appropriate identification labels will be provided for the
"tracking lights" and "tip lights" in addition to the on/off switch located on the light itself.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that the
power and signal protection and control compartments will contain circuit protection
devices and power control devices.
The power and signal protection and control components will be protected against
corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration physical damage and waters .ra
> P Y g spray.
The electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that all of the
serviceable components will be readily accessible.
The electrical system will be designed and manufactured so that circuit protection devices
will be utilized to protect each circuit.
All circuit protection devices will be sized to prevent wire and component damage when
subjected to extreme current overload.
The electrical system will be designed and manufactured so that general protection circuit
breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting) or Type-II (manual
resetting) and conform to SAE J553 or J258. When required, automotive type fuses
conforming to SAE J554, J1284, J1888 or J2077 will be utilized to protect electronic
equipment.
The electrical system will be designed and manufactured so that power control relays and
solenoids, when utilized,will have a direct current (dc) rating of 125 percent of the
maximum current for which the circuit is protected.
The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured utilizing toggle switches
that are certified for the outside conditions that fire apparatus experience and meet military
specifications. No rocker style switches are allowed for outside applications.
The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that all
wiring is protected through conduit or loom.
The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that all
wiring harnesses are properly supported to eliminate harness damage through rubbing.
The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that all
connectors utilized in the system will be of a waterproof design.
The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that all
connectors, except for connections to vendor supplied components, will incorporate solid,
plated connecting pins.
The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that a
mechanical rocker proximity switch and light are incorporated into the boom support.
The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured so that the aerial master
and aerial PTO can be engaged after the water pump has been engaged, without having to
bring the RPM back to idle.
All switches will meet MIL-SPEC MIL-S-3950 specifications and will have the following
features:
Toggle switches with flush screw terminals.
Environmentally sealed
Positive detent action
The aerial electrical system will be designed with standard cabling to the tip of the aerial
consisting of the following:
One 12/8 cable.
One 16/20 cable.
DRIVER SIDE STABILIZER PANEL
A fuse and relay panel located behind the driver side stabilizer.
NEMA 6x rated weatherproof enclosure.
Relays and fuses for aerial and stabilizer interlocks and control switches.
TURNTABLE
The turntable will be lighted for nighttime operation with 2 work lights activated by the
aerial master switch.
A footswitch will be located at the turntable console to allow hydraulic flow to the aerial
device. A cover to prevent accidental activation of the switch will protect the footswitch.
Activation of the footswitch is necessary for aerial device operation.
TURNTABLE CONSOLE
The following switches and indicator lights will be standard on the turntable console:
High Idle On/Off Switch
Tip/Tracking Lights Switch
Indicator And Alarm Test Switch
Emergency Hydraulic Power Switch
Stabilizers Not Fully Extended Amber Indicator Light
Rung Alignment Green Indicator Light
A turntable console will be lighted for nighttime operation with 1 work light activated by
the aerial master switch.
A fuse panel located in the turntable console with the following features:
Splash proof enclosure.
TURNTABLE OVERRIDE CONTROLS
Illumination will be provided for the override controls located within the compartment on
the turntable console. The light will activate when the aerial master switch is active and
the switch on the light is activated.
MASTER OVERRIDE CONTROLS
An emergency power switch will be located in the driver side turntable step well. The
switch will activate the emergency power unit and allow control of the aerial or stabilizers
based on the direction the switch is toggled.
A work light will be provided to illuminate the master override controls when the battery
switch is active and the master override door is open.
BOOM SUPPORT
A Turck relay proximity sensor will be provided on the boom support to detect if the
aerial device is fully stowed within the boom support.
CONTROL STATION
A control station will be located at the rear of the apparatus in an easily accessible area.
Controls and indicator lights are clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of
operation and viewing.
- Right stabilizer fully extended indicator light
- Right stabilizer planted indicator light
- Left stabilizer fully extended indicator light
- Left stabilizer planted indicator light
- Hydraulic emergency power switch
- Override switch for stabilizers not fully extended
- Manual overrides for aerial and stabilizers
- Main hydraulic pressure test port
-High idle switch
A water tight compartment will be provided in the left rear stabilizer body opening and
contains the aerial circuit breakers, interlock components and control circuit distribution
terminals.
TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION
An aerial ladder operators position will be supplied as outlined in NFPA 1901 20-4.
The operator's position will be located on the left side of the aerial turntable.
The apparatus will be supplied with labels to warn of electrocution hazard. The control
PP PP
console will provide a service access door on the front and side of the console to access
hydraulic and electrical connections.
The control console will be angled to face the operator with an etched panel for long
service life. The console will be labeled and supplied with lights for night operation.
AERIAL LADDER CONTROL LEVERS
The control levers will be arranged as outlined in NFPA 20-17.6.
They will be capable of being operated independently or simultaneously.
The starting or stopping of any one control will not affect the movement speed of the other
controls when they are being used simultaneously.
The first lever from the left will be the extension control (forward for extend and back for
retract).
The second lever will be for rotation(forward for clockwise and back for counter
clockwise).
The third handle will control elevation (forward for down and back for up).
The aerial will employ direct hydraulic controls for precise control and dependable service
with minimal electrical functions.
A foot-operated deadman switch will be provided to prevent unintentional movement as
outlined in NFPA 20-17.5.1.
Operators control console will be provided with a hinged aluminum cover. Controls and
indicator lights are clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and
viewing. Operators turntable control panel to include:
- Elevation, Extension and Rotation controls
- Fast idle switch
- Panel light mounted in cover
- Rung alignment indicator light
- Tip/Tracking lights
- System pressure gauge
- Indicator/Alarm test switch
- EPU switch
- Load rating tag/decal
-"STABILIZER NOT FULLY EXTENDED" indicator light
STABILIZATION
The vehicle will come equipped with an underslung out and down stabilization system.
The system will consist of two (2)hydraulically operated out and down style stabilizers
mounted under the frame for a low center of gravity.
The stabilizers will have a maximum spread of 16' from the centerline of the footpads
when fully extended. The internal tubes will be 8.00" x 10.00" with 1/2" thick top and
bottom plates and 3/8" thick sides of 100,000 PSI minimum yield strength steel and will be
extended out by hydraulic cylinders. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves
with thermal relief. This will insure that the beams will be in the stowed during travel.
The external tubes will be 9-3/4" x 11-3/4" with 3/8" wall thickness. The internal jack
tubes will slide on permanently attached wear pads.
The extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the extension beams. The
horizontal extension cylinders will be of the trombone type to eliminate wear and potential
failure of hydraulic hoses.
The stabilizers will have a tip over safety margin of 1 1/2 times its rated load in any
position the aerial device can be placed as outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901.
The aerial will be able to sustain a 1 1/3 to 1 rated load on a 5 degree slope downward in
the position most likely to cause overturning. The maximum ground slope the apparatus
can be set up on is 10 percent. On the 10 percent slope the apparatus can be leveled within
a 5 percent operating range with the apparatus cab facing uphill.
The cylinders will be supplied with dual pilot operated check valves on each stabilizer
cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position should a charged line be
severed at any point in the hydraulic system. Stabilizers will contain safety lock valves
and will require no mechanical pins to assure there will be no 'leak down" of stabilizer
legs.
Each stabilizer leg will have attached to the end of the leg a 1/8" thick polished stainless
steel shield. The stainless steel shield will be of the split-pan design and will be a
maximum 13.00" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars.
This plate will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The
top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back for added strength.
The stabilizer cylinders will be sized to maximize ground penetration. The lift cylinders
will be mounted on the end of the stabilizer tube and will have the following dimensions:
Stroke:
4.00" bore
3.00"rod
21.00" stroke
The stabilizer extension cylinders will have the following dimensions
Stroke:
2.25" bore
1.38"rod
54.00" stroke
Each stabilizer that can be extended from the body will be supplied with a red warning
light as outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The stabilizers will be connected to
a warning light in the cab to warn the operator if the stabilizers are deployed. A work light
will be provided in the stabilizer body opening to illuminate the stabilizer and the ground.
The light will automatically come on with the aerial master switch.
The ground contact area for each stabilizer will be a 12.00" diameter circular stainless steel
disc without the auxiliary pads and 18.00" x 18.00" with composite auxiliary pads
deployed. The ground pressure will not exceed 75 psi when the apparatus is fully loaded
and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in every position. This will be
accomplished with the stabilizer pads deployed, as outlined in the current edition of NFPA
1901.
STABILIZER CONTROLS
One (1) electric solenoid valve will control the stabilizers. The control switches will be
located at the rear of the apparatus, so the operator may observe the stabilizers during
deployment. An audible alarm with a minimum 87 dba will also sound while the
stabilizers are in motion as required by the current edition of NFPA 1901. Stabilizer
deployment will be completed in less than 90 seconds.
There will be an interlock that prevents the operation of the ladder until the stabilizers are
down and properly set. The interlock system will be designed to prevent aerial movement
until the stabilizers are set. Additionally, the system will not permit stabilizer movement
when the aerial is out of the cradle. This requirement is outlined in the current edition of
NFPA 1901. One (1) switch on each stabilizer leg, will sense when each respective leg is
in firm contact with the ground. This condition will be indicated when one green indicator
light for each stabilizer is on. The interlock system will have a manual override with
access through a door at the turntable access stepwell of the truck.
To simplify leveling the apparatus,two color-coded level indicators will be supplied at the
rear of the apparatus. One indicator will be for front to rear level and one for side-to-side
level.
STAINLESS STEEL DOORS, STABILIZER CONTROL BOX
Vertically hinged stainless steel doors will be provided over each stabilizer control box.
The doors will be hinged inboard.
STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) Whelen model 60*02F*R flashing Super LED warning light will be mounted on
the stabilizer cover panel, one (1) for each panel.
These lights will be controlled by the NFPA side lower zone switch.
The color of these lights will be N/A.
These lights will be with a flange.
STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1)
facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series
LED lights. The lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These
warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch.
POWER TAKEOFF/HYDRAULIC PUMP
The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission
and actuated by an electric shift, located inside the cab. The power takeoff which drives
the hydraulic pump will meet all the requirements for the aerial unit operations. The
hydraulic system will operate at a nominal 26 gallons per minute flows at pressure up to
2800 pounds per square inch. An amber indicator light will be installed on the cab
instrument panel to notify the operator that the power takeoff is engaged.
An interlock will be provided that allows operation of the aerial power takeoff shift only
after the chassis spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been
placed in the neutral position or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from
the rear axle.
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All hydraulic cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that
specializes in the production of hydraulic cylinders.
Each hydraulic cylinder will have a structural warranty of not less than five (5)
years, and a seal warranty of not less than two and one-half(2.5)years.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
The hydraulic system will have a five year warranty.
The hydraulic plumbing will consist of hydraulic rated hoses.
The hoses transmitting hydraulic pressure will have abrasion resistant covers.
All hydraulic fittings will be plated to minimize corrosion.
The fitting will use an "O"ring seal where possible to minimize hydraulic leaks.
All pressure carrying hydraulic hoses will have a 4:1 safety rating based on burst pressure.
An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the
transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake set as outlined in the current NFPA
1901 standard.
The hydraulic system will be of the load sense design and incorporate features to minimize
heat build up and provide smooth control of the aerial ladder.
The system will meet the performance requirement in the current NFPA 1901 standard,
which requires adequate cooling less than 21/2 hours of operations.
All hydraulic components that are non-sealing whose failure could result in the movement
of the aerial will comply with the current NFPA 1901 standard and have burst strength of
4:1.
Dynamic sealing components whose failure could cause aerial movement will have a
margin of 2 to I on maximum operating pressure per the current NFPA 1901 standard.
All hydraulic hoses, tubes and connections will have minimum burst strength of 3:1 per
the current NFPA 1901 standard.
A hydraulic oil pressure gauge will be supplied at the base control location per the current
NFPA 1901 standard.
A hydraulic oil dip stick gauge with 100-mesh fill strainer will be supplied at the rear of
the unit for easy fluid level verification.
A chassis-mounted positive displacement piston pump for consistent pressure and rapid
res onse will supplyhydraulic power for all aerial operations.
P
The positive displacement piston pump will be able to supply 26 gallons per minute at a
maximum pressure of 2800 psi.
The system will operate between 500 and 2800 psi with flow controls to protect hydraulic
components and incorporate a relief valve set at 2950 psi to prevent over pressurization.
The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations.
The hydraulic system will consist of a 40-gallon reservoir mounted to the pedestal and
plumbed to the hydraulic pump.
The tank will be supplied with a removable top clean-out cover to access the inside of the
tank.
There will be plumbing for a supply and return line and a tank drain on the reservoir.
The hydraulic pump suction line will have a shut off valve for pump servicing.
The hydraulic oil reservoir will be labeled per the current NFPA 1901 standard.
The hydraulic system will use multiweight, SAE grade oil. ISO grade will be based on
geographical location.
The oil will be prefiltered before it is installed into the reservoir.
Oil samples taken from the oil diagnostic test ports must meet or exceed the hydraulic
rating of 18/15/13 per ISO 4406:1999 before delivery.
The oil filters will be mounted above the hydraulic reservoir oil level to eliminate oil loss
during filter change.
The system will incorporate the following filters to provide dependable service:
- Separate magnet(not on strainer)
- Reservoir suction strainer: 125 mesh
- Pressure filter with by-pass indicator: 2/3/5 micron, Beta rating of 2/20/75 or better
- Return filter with by-pass indicator: 2/3/5 micron, Beta rating of 2/20/75 or better
- Desiccant breather filter: Water capacity 13 fluid oz, 2 micron rating
The aerial hydraulic system will be designed in such a manner that a hydraulic pump
failure or line rupture will not allow the aerial or outriggers to lose position.
Hydraulic holding valves will be mounted directly on cylinders.
To insure reliable performance of holding valves, no hoses will be permitted between a
holding valve and cylinder.
The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel tubes inside the stabilizer beams to
eliminate hydraulic hose wear and leaks.
Hydraulic power to the ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel.
EMERGENCY PUMP
The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines
of the current NFPA 1901 standard.
The auxiliary power unit will be a 12-volt pump connected to the chassis electrical system.
The pump will provide operation at reduced speeds to store the aerial device and
outriggers for road transportation.
Self-centering switches will be provided at the turntable and each stabilizer control station
to activate the system.
The system will be designed to provide a minimum of 30 minutes of hydraulic power to
operate functions.
HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a five (5) port, high pressure hydraulic swivel
which will connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir through the
rotation point to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360 degree
continuous rotation of the aerial.
ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360 degrees rotation of the
aerial while connecting all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 28
collector rings will be provided that are capable of supplying 20 amp continuous service.
All collector rings will be enclosed and protected with desiccant plugs against
condensation and corrosion. No oil or silicone will be used.
AERIAL STRUCTURAL WARRANTY
Limited Warranty
Except as provided below, and provided the vehicle will have been placed in service
within 60 days after delivery to the original purchaser as established by our original
invoice, for a period ending on the first to occur of the expiration of 20 years or 100,000
miles of use, Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ("Pierce") warrants to the user that each new aerial
device of its manufacture which is installed on its Fire and Rescue Apparatus vehicles will
be free of defects in design and workmanship. This warranty will apply only to the torque
box, turntable, aerial sections and other structural components of the aerial device, as
identified in the Pierce specifications for the aerial device. This warranty will be void if,
or to the extent that the aerial device is not maintained in strict compliance with NFPA
Standard 1914 in effect at time of sale, including such periodic inspections and testing by
qualified third parties as are required by that Standard as it may be in effect from time to
time. Proof of such compliance will accompany any claims under this warranty. Third
party testing agencies known to Pierce to be qualified for such purposes may be obtained
from the Pierce Customer Service Department. This limited warranty will apply only if
the aerial device is properly maintained and used in service which is normal to the
particular vehicle. Normal service means service which does not subject the aerial device
or vehicle to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from the careful use of the
aerial device or vehicle. If the buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity it must notify
Pierce in writing within 30 days after the date of discovery. This limited warranty is not
transferable by the first user.
A copy of the Pierce warranty is included with this proposal.
HYDRAULIC PLUMBING COMPONENTS WARRANTY
All hydraulic plumbing component suppliers will warrant the hose, adaptors, and fittings
from component failure for a period of five(5) years. The supplier's obligation under this
warranty will be limited to the replacement or repair of any failed components. The buyer
understands that the seller will not be liable for any other costs or damages.
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER WARRANTY
Each hydraulic cylinder will have a structural warranty of not less than five (5) years and a
seal warranty of not less than two and one-half(2.5)years.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY
All hydraulic system component suppliers will warrant all Motion and Control Group
components for a period of five (5) years. This warranty will cover the valves,pumps, and
hydraulic motors. Each component supplier's obligation under this warranty will be limited
to the replacement or repair of any failed components. The buyer understands that the
seller will not be liable for any other costs or damages. A copy of the five (5) year
warranty will be included with the bid.
120-VOLT RECEPTACLE AT TIP
A 120-volt, 20 amp, three (3)-prong twist lock receptacle, with weatherproof cover will be
provided at the tip of the aerial device.
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
An Atkinson communication system will be furnished between the aerial tip and the
turntable operator's position. The communication system will be a two (2)-way system
with the communication speaker at the tip requiring no operator attention to transmit or
receive. The transmitting and receiving volume controls will be located at the turntable
operator's position.
REMOTE AERIAL CONTROL
A remote control will be provided whereby all ladder movements can be controlled at the
pump operator's panel in addition to the control console. The three (3) ladder functions
(extension, rotation, elevation) will be controlled individually by means of spring loaded,
return to center 12-volt proportional controls. The remote control aerial speed will be set
in accordance with the current NFPA 1901 standards.
ROOF LADDER MOUNTING BRACKETS
Brackets will be "D/A" finished and provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial
ladder for mounting a 12' roof ladder.
LIFTING EYE - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT
Two (2) eyes will be welded, one (1) to each ladder beam, at the ladder egress with a
spreader bar to mounted between the eyes. This design will distribute a load evenly across
the ladder beams because of a single lifting eye on the spreader bar. The bar is retained by
two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard of each eye. Leveling is maintained by
the bar rotating in the eyes.
HYDRAULIC REEL WITH CAPACITY FOR 100' OF HOSE
A hydraulic hose reel will be provided. The reel will be operated by a 12 volt electric
motor controlled by a rewind switch. The motor will be protected by a circuit breaker and
the rewind circuit will be protected by a fuse. The switch will be guarded to prevent
accidental operation and installed at a height not to exceed 72 inches above the operators
standing position.
The reel capacity will be a minimum of 100 feet of.25" I.D. dual hydraulic hose. Surfaces
where the hose comes in contact with the reel roller will be constructed of stainless steel,
chrome plated steel or plastic.
A ball stop will be provided to prevent the hose from being wound around the reel.
A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will
indicate maximum flow pressure and total cable length.
A total of two (2)reels will be installed TBD at pre build meeting.
HYDRAULIC HOSE
A 100' section of high pressure red "TNT" hose that has braided layers of high tensil steel
wires will be provided. This will be a high pressure, lightweight, rugged, flexible and
kink-resistant hose. The minimum bend radius will be 3.50",based on hose working
temperature between -40 degree F and +140 degree F. All layers are permanently bonded
with a 42,000 psi minimum burst pressure. The hose provides a 4:1 operational safety
factor. The hose will be one (1) continuous length, without unions, and equipped with
quick connection, type fittings at the tool end. The inside hose diameter is .25" with an
outside diameter of.54".
A total of two (2) will be provided.
TNT DUAL HYDRAULIC HOSE-POWER UNIT TO REEL
A 30' section of high pressure black "TNT" hose that has braided layers of high tensil steel
wires will be provided. This will be a high pressure, lightweight, rugged, flexible and
kink-resistant hose. The minimum bend radius will be 3.50",based on hose working
temperature between -40 degree F and +140 degree F. All layers are permanently bonded
with a 42,000 psi minimum burst pressure. The hose provides a 4:1 operational safety
factor. The hose will be one (1) continuous length, without unions, and equipped with
quick connection, type fittings at the power supply end. The inside hose diameter is .25"
with an outside diameter of.54"
There will be a total of two (2)hose(s)provided.
MANSAVERTm BARS, AERIAL TURNTABLE
ManSaverTM bars will be installed at the aerial turntable.
WATER SYSTEM
A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features:
A 5.00" pipe will be connected to the water supply on one end and to a 4.00" internal
diameter water swivel at the rotation point of the turntable. The water swivel will permit
360 degree continuous rotation of the aerial device.
The 4.00" waterway swivel is to be routed through the rotation point swivel up to the heel
pin swivel. The heel pin swivel will allow the water to flow to the ladder pipe while
elevating the aerial ladder from -5 degrees to 75 degrees. The heel pivot pin is not integral
with the waterway swivel at any point. The design of the waterway will allow complete
servicing of the waterway swivel without disturbing the heel pivot pin.
The integral telescopic water system will consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base
section, a 4.00" diameter tube in the mid-section and a 3.50" diameter tube in the fly
section. The telescopic waterway will be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe.
The rotational torque will have adequate power to rotate the ladder into a full 1500 gallon
per minute water stream directed at 90 degrees to the side while maintaining the 500
pound tip load.
The aerial will be capable of discharging up to 1500 gallons per minute at 100 pounds per
square inch parallel to the ladder and 90 degrees to each side of center while maintaining
the 500 pound tip load.
The safety factor will be 2.5:1 while flowing up to 1000 gallons per minute at 100 pounds
per square inch and 2:1 while flowing between 1000 and 1500 gallons per minute at 100
pounds per square inch.
An adjustable pressure relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a
pressure surge.
A 1.50" drain valve will be located at the lowest point of the waterway system.
WATERWAY SEALS
The waterway seals will be of type-B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a
nitrite wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the
waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi,temperatures
in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions.
The seals will be internally lubricated.
The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic
thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections
within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation.
AERIAL MONITOR
An Akron, model 3578 monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip
with a Akron 2000 gpm model 5178.
The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two (2) separate
locations. One (1) control will be located at the control console and the other at the
ladder tip.
There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls.
REMOTE AERIAL MONITOR CONTROL
A remote control will be provided whereby all waterway monitor movements may
be controlled at the pump operator's panel. This control will be in addition to the
controls supplied at the monitor and the pedestal control station.
The monitor controls at the pump panel,turntable and aerial tip will be wired in such a
manner that the turntable controls will override the pump panel and aerial tip controls; and
the pump panel controls will override the aerial tip controls.
FLOW METER(Aerial Waterway)
A Class I Flow-Minder, with totalizer, will be provided for the aerial waterway. The
flowmeter will be located at the turntable control station.
REAR INLET
A 5.00" NST inlet to the aerial waterway will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The
inlet will have 5.00" aluminum plumbing. It will be furnished with a 5.00" chrome plated
adapter and a 5.00" chrome plated, long handle cap.
WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM
The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly
section or at the next lower section of the ladder.
The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side
of the ladder.
The handle, attached to a earn bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor
at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section.
There will be no pins to remove and reinstall.
The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting
or disconnecting electrical lines.
TOOLS
The following tools will be provided for retorquing of all specified bolts as recommended
by the manufacturer:
-Torque Wrench
-All Required Extensions, Sockets and Adapters
- 4-to-1 Multiplier
MANUALS
Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the
aerial device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up.
INITIAL INSTRUCTION
On initial delivery of the fire apparatus,the contractor will supply a qualified
representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire
department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of
not less than three(3) days.
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
Manufacturer will include a statement from a licensed and registered professional engineer
attesting that the unit bid is designed and will be provided with a minimum 2.5 to 1
structural safety factor based on the yield strength of the material.
This safety factor will include 2.5 times the dead weight of the aerial, combined with a 2.5
to 1 live load safety factor and will be applicable to all components used in the
construction of the aerial device, including all substructure and jack components.
All quality control testing will be performed by an ASNT certified Level II Non-
Destructive Test Technician.
The aerial device will be tested in compliance with the current National Fire Protection
Association Standards 1901 and 1914. All sub-assemblies will be inspected before
assembly and body mounting.
Each ladder section will be tested prior to the assembly of the complete aerial device.
After aerial is assembled, the operational inspection will be made and the aerial tested to
the current NFPA 1901 and 1914 standards along with three (3) additional operational
tests.
The ladder will lift its rated tip load capacity when placed at full extension, 0 degrees
elevation and rotated 90 degrees to the side of the truck chassis.
The ladder will lift a test weight smoothly and evenly with no twisting or jerking.
This test will be performed at the normal hydraulic system relief valve setting.
No temporary adjustments to the relief valve will be allowed.
A test weight of 1-1/2 times the rated tip load will be placed at the tip with the ladder fully
extended at 0 degrees elevation.
The ladder will then be rotated through 360 degrees of rotation to demonstrate the stability
factor.
All removable equipment, hose, water, men, etc. will be removed from vehicle before this
test is conducted.
With the ladder fully extended at 0 degrees elevation, a test weight of(2) times the rated
tip load will be hung at the ladder tip for ten minutes.
The ladder will be checked for any abnormal twist or deflection.
The ladder will be inspected for any damage to the extension system after this test is
performed.
Upon satisfactory completion of all tests, an independent testing organization will submit a
certificate of inspection indicating that all specified standards have been met.
LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:
- One(1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and
washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT,PROVIDED BY FIRE
DEPARTMENT
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section
9.8.2 and 9.8.3 will be provided by the fire department. All loose equipment will be
installed on the apparatus before placed in emergency service, unless the fire
department waives NFPA section 4.21.
- 800 ft(240 m) of 2'/z". (65 mm) or larger fire hose, in any combination.
- 400 ft(120 m) of 1%" (38 mm), 1'/4" (45 mm), or 2" (52 mm)fire hose,in any
combination.
- One(1)handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.
- Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.
- One(1)playpipe with shutoff and 1" (25 mm), 1 1/8" (29 mm), and 1'/d' (32 mm)
tips.
- One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981,Standard on Open-Circuit Self-
Contained
Breathing Apparatus for Fire and Emergency Services, for each assigned seating
position, but not fewer than four(4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus
or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.
I
- One(1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried,each mounted in a bracket
fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).
- One(1) first aid kit.
- Four(4) salvage covers, each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.6 in x 5.5 m).
- Four(4) combination spanner wrenches mounted in brackets fastened to the
apparatus.
- Two (2) hydrant wrenches mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.
- One(1) double female 2'/z" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads, mounted
in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.
- One(1) double male 2%z" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads, mounted in
a bracket fastened to the apparatus.
- One(1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections, mounted in a bracket
fastened to the apparatus.
- Four(4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire
Service Life Safety Rope and System Components.
- One(1) 150 ft (45 m) light-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA
1983,Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components.
- One(1) 150 ft (45 m) general-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of
NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components.
- One(1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSMSEA
207,
Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway
feature that includes two at the shoulders, two at the sides, and one at the front.
- Five(5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28" (711 mm) in height, each
equipped with a 6" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4" (152 mm)
from the top of the cone, and an additional 4" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band
2" (51 mm) below the 6" (152 mm) band.
- Five(5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5)
fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.
- One automatic external defibrillator(AED).
- If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double
female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be
carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.
If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one
or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply
hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other
side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3 in. (75 mm) will include a
pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6.
- If the apparatus does not have a 2'/z"National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from
2'/z"NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to
the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake.
- If the supply hose carried has other than 2%:"National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will
be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2'/2"NH thread male discharge and to
allow the hose to connect to a 2%"NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the
apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake.
SOFT SUCTION HOSE
There will be a 15 foot length of 6.00" soft suction hose provided with a 6.00" long handle
swivel coupling on one (1) end and a 4.50" long handle swivel coupling on the other.
DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 9.8.3 requires one (1) approved dry chemical
portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket
fastened to the apparatus.
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will
provide and mount the extinguisher.
WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 9.8.3 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water
extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will
provide and mount the extinguisher.
AXE,FLATHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 9.8.3 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket
fastened to the apparatus.
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and
mount the axe.
AXE,PICKHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 9.8.3 requires one (1)pickhead axe mounted in a
bracket fastened to the apparatus.
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and
mount the axe.
PAINT
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a six- (6) step
finishing process as follows:
1. Manual Surface Preparation -All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body
will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Surfaces that will not be painted
include chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum
treadplate. Each imperfection on the exterior metal surface will be removed or filled and
then sanded smooth for a smooth appearance. All seams will be sealed before painting.
2. Chemical Cleaning and Treatment - The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned
using a 4-phase, high pressure and high temperature acid etching system. All steel
surfaces will be properly treated using a 3-phase, high temperature, cleaning/phosphatizing
system. Surfaces are chemically cleaned to remove all dirt, oil, grease and metal oxides to
ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The chemical treatment converts the metal
surface to a passive condition to prevent corrosion. An ultra pure water final rinse of 25
parts per million solids or less,will be applied to final rinse all metal surfaces, (excluding
undercarriage components), at the conclusion of the metal treatment process. This final
rinse ensures all chemical residues are removed and that no minerals, (salts), from the
water dry onto the metal surface and remain under the primers and topcoats. These salts
can lead to blistering and under film corrosion. The pH of the final rinse drainage coming
off the treated metal will be measured and within 1.0 pH of the pure water supply, (5.0
pH).
3. Primer/Surfacer Coats -A minimum of two (2)mil dry, (.002), of two component
urethane primer/surfacer will be hand applied to the chemically treated metal surfaces to
provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. The primer
is a high solids and low VOC paint.
4. Hand Sanding to Ultra Fine Finish The primer/surfacer coat is lightly sanded with
mild abrasive paper to an ultra smooth finish. This hand finish process is critical to
produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.
5. Sealer Primer Coat A two- (2) component sealer primer coat is applied over the sanded
primer to again build toward the final smooth finish. This layer of primer sealer also gives
additional corrosion protection.
6. Topcoat Paint Two (2) coats of an automotive grade, two component acrylic urethane
paint are applied to provide the lasting beauty and durability. The acrylic urethane topcoat
contains a clear coat resin chemistry that creates the high gloss and depth of image. This
type of topcoat provides the best resistance against acid rain and other more common
chemicals. The paint finish will have a surface gloss of no less than 90.00 percent
reflection measured on a 60-degree geometry.
A cyclic corrosion test, (General Motors test GM-9511 P), of 20 cycles will be required
before making changes to the exterior coating process. Exterior coating systems,
(excluding the undercarriage components), must achieve a 1/16 or less maximum creep
from the scribe for aluminum and an 1/8 or less maximum creep from the scribe for
galvanneal after 20 cycles in the General Motors GM-9511 P test. Traditional salt spray
tests have been proven in multiple studies to not accurately predict real world corrosion
performance.
Each batch of color topcoat, together with the finish painted vehicle, is tested for precise
color match. Visual color match will be checked following ASTM D-1729, (American
Standard Testing Methods), procedures using CIE, (International Commission on
Illumination), D75 Northern Daylight light source. Instrumental color match will follow
ASMT D-2244 procedures with a maximum delta E of 1.0 for whites, 1.4 for yellows,
blues, greens and 1.5 for reds.
All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be
removed and painted separately to insure paint behind all mounted items. Body
assemblies that can not be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before
assembly.
The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section painted white TBD along with a shield
design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted TBD Dania Beach
FL.
PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
Contractor will meet or exceed all current State (his) regulations concerning paint
operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and
soil. Controls will include the following conditions:
- Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.
- Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the
metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.
- Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99%
efficiency factor.
- Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or
water wash process. If the dry filter means is used, it will have an efficiency rating
of 98.00%. Water wash systems will be 99.97%efficient.
- Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed
mechanically on a continual basis to keep the water clean.
- Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. They are used as
fuel in kilns used in the cement manufacturing process -thereby extracting energy
from a waste material.
- Empty metal paint containers will be cleaned, crushed and recycled to recover the
metal.
- Solvents used in cleanup operations will be collected, sent off-site for distillation
and returned for reuse. Residue from the distillation operation will be used as fuel in
off-site cement kilns.
Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that
have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that his
manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his
State EPA rules and regulations.
PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be painted black before the installation of the cab and
body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines,
electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame
assembly will be painted black are frame rails, cross members, axles, suspension, steering
gear, fuel tank, body substructure supports,miscellaneous mounting brackets, etc.
WARRANTY - PAINT AND CORROSION
Limited Warranty
Except as provided below, and provided the vehicle has been placed in service within 60
days after delivery to the original purchaser as established by our original invoice, for a
period of ten (10)years after delivery to the original purchaser, Pierce Manufacturing Inc.
("Pierce") warrants to the user that its cab and body are free of blistering, peeling,
corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or
paint material selection for exterior surfaces of the cab and body of the vehicle. This
limited warranty will apply only if the vehicle is properly maintained and used in service
which is normal to the particular vehicle. Normal service means service which does not
subject the vehicle to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from the careful use
of the vehicle or chassis. If the buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity it must notify
Pierce in writing within 30 days after the date of discovery. This limited warranty is not
transferable by the first user, and is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage
costs of warranty repair, if any:
Topcoat Durability&Appearance: Integrity of Coating System: Corrosion:
Gloss,Color Retention&Cracking Adhesion,Blistering/Bubbling Blistering/Bubbling Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-72 months 100% 0-36 months 100% 0-36 months 100%
73-96 months 50% 37-84 months 50% 37-48 months 50%
97-120 months 25% 85-120 months 25% 49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
This limited warranty applies only to cab and body exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's
undercarriage, cab and body interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year
Limited Warranty.
In addition to the foregoing, and subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Limited
Warranty, except cost allocations, Pierce warrants its cab and body exterior paint for a
period of ten (10)years against corrosion perforation.
A copy of the Pierce warranty is included with this proposal.
This warranty text is an illustration only. For actual details, refer to the warranty
document. A copy of the Pierce warranty is included with this proposal.
PAINT COMPARTMENT INTERIOR
The compartment interior will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and
to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR
All aerial device ladder components above the rotation point that are not chrome plated or
stainless steel will have a natural swirl finish.
All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received
from the vendor.
Turntable, console, lift cylinders, and extension cylinders will be sanded to remove any
metal flakes and smooth any rough surfaces. These components will be prime painted
with an epoxy primer and finished painted with a durable, high quality paint
(manufacturer's standard brand).
The support structure, rotation motor, components below the rotation point, and the
stabilizers will be painted high gloss black.
The tip of the ladder will be painted a contrasting color for high visibility.
REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three(3)reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the
sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" white stripe at the top with a
1.00" gap then a 6.00" white stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" white stripe on the bottom.
The reflective vinyl band will be provided across the front bumper.
CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface
of the apparatus. Covered surfaces will include the rear wall and aluminum doors.
Roll up doors and stainless steel access doors will not be covered in chevron.
The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade.
Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.
This will meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition,which states that 50% of the
rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
REFLECTIVE STRIPE, CAB DOORS
A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab
door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door
panel.
This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. LETTERING PANELS ON
AERIAL
A separate panel will be provided on each side of the base ladder/boom section for the
customer-installed lettering. The panels will be painted white #10.
INSPECTION TRIPS AND DELIVERY
Two (2) inspection tips for two (2) Fire Department personel is included in the bid price.
Upon completion the unit shall be delivered to the Fire Department.
Ten-8 Fire Equipment Inc.
Informational Bulletin January 2009
2010 EPA EMISSION STANDARDS FOR DIESEL ENGINES
The information provided herein is to educate our customers about important EPA
emission standards that will affect fire apparatus ordered in the 2010 calendar year.
There are currently two types of technology being considered to meet the rigid 2010 EPA
standards;
I. Selective Catalytic Reduction(SCR)is a technology that injects a urea agent(also
known as AdBiue or Diesel Exhaust Fluid)into the exhaust stream by way of a
catalyst positioned downstream from the Diesel Particulate Filter(DPF). The
urea initiates a chemical reaction that converts NOx into harmless nitrogen and
water which is then expelled through the exhaust pipe.
2. The other technology is Massive Exhaust Gas Recirculation(MEGR).This relies
on keeping the cylinder temperatures as low as possible to reduce the creation of
NOx.This in turns requires pulling as much heat out of the engine as possible
(bigger radiators,more exhaust gas recirculation,larger fans,higher exhaust
temperatures, lower horsepower etc...)
Pierce is pleased to announce that they will be the exclusive supplier of the new Detroit
Diesel DD13 12.8 liter engine. Daimler AG Company(parent company of Detroit Diesel)
has been a leader in SCR technology for years. There are over 500,000 heavy trucks in
service with SCR technology. Pierce will also be offering the Cummins ISX and ISL
engines,
Both of these brands will use the SCR technology to meet the standards. Pierce feels that
the SCR technology is the best choice as it does not require enlargement of cooling
systems,does not reduce space in the cab,does not create additional heat generation,or
cause any reduction in horsepower or performance. In addition,this technology is well
proven.
Either technology is going to require some significant re-engineering of current apparatus
designs to accommodate the additional components of the emission systems. Current
cost estimates could be as high as$15,000.00 per vehicle.
To avoid the additional costs and potential servicelmaintenance issues that may arise with
this change, it may be advantageous to move any 2010 anticipated purchases into the last
quarter of 2009. Pierce would be willing to consider accepting orders in the 41i quarter
for 2009 engines that could be delivered in the 2010 budget year. One other option
would be to consider a lease purchase program to accelerate the purchasing timetable.
I
Page 2
Informational Bulletin
2010 EPA Emission Standards
By purchasing in 2009 you will also avoid any potential general price increase by Pierce
Manufacturing Inc. and their suppliers.
We hope this information will help in your apparatus purchasing plans..Please feel free
contact me or your local Ten-8 sales representative for any additional information on this
very important topic.
Sincerely,
Mark Jones
Vice President
Ten-8 Fire Equipment Inc.
800-228-8368
2010 EPA Emission standards for Diesel Engines
The standards take effect January 2010 and will affect fire apparatus
ordered after the effective date.
Compliance required significant re-engineering of current apparatus
designs to accommodate the additional components of the emission
systems.
In January 2009 best estimates were approximately $ 15,000.00 per
vehicle.
In August 2009, we were informed that both Detroit and Cummins were
developing new engines in order to comply. Cummins prices increased
from $ 15,000.00 to $ 23,000.00 depending on the engine selected.
Detroit prices increased $ 20,000.00.
Caterpillar decided to discontinue production of engines for fire
apparatus.
In September 2009 Daimler Trucks North America (International &
Volvo) increased prices on commercial chassis, ranging from $ 6,700.00
for smaller engines to $ 9,600.00 on med/big engines.
A number of departments have moved purchases ahead to avoid the
price increases.
Example: Tampa Fire Department had two (2) trucks in the budget for
each of the next 3 years. They have purchased all six (6) in order to
avoid price increases and to be able to standardize on the engines they
now are using.
2007 Ernissionsi 1 •
DOC ► •
61
Selective Catalytic Reduction(SCR)is the only diesel engine technology that is as good for vehicle
performance and business as it is for the environment.It is recognized to be one of the most cost-
effective and fuel-efficient vehicle emissions control technologies available.
The three main components of the SCR system are:
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid(a solution of 32.5%urea and purified water)
• Hot exhaust
• Catalytic converter
The vaporized Diesel Exhaust Fluid is injected into the exhaust stream of a diesel engine.When the hot
exhaust combines with the Diesel Exhaust Fluid within the SCR catalyst,it is broken down into two
natural components of the air we breathe,ie:,pure nitrogen and water vapor.
7Lese components are then expelled through the vehicle tailpipe.Using SCR as a diesel emissions
control technology results in:
• Up to 90%reduction in levels of nitrogen oxide(NOx),one of the criteria pollutants that will be
stringently controlled by the EPA beginning with passenger cars in the 2009 model year and
continuing with Class 9 heavy duty trucks in 2010.
• 3-5%reduction in carbon dioxide(CO2)emitted from Class 9 trucks due to reduced fuel
consumption
• 30-50%reduction of black carbon levels when SCR technology is combined with the diesel
particulate filter technologies introduced in 2007.
SCR has become the technology of choice for vehicle manufacturers in Europe and others around the
world,It will inevitably become the preferred choice for the U.S.commercial vehicle industry as well as
passenger and light truck vehicle owner,who want the power,performance and fuel efficiency of diesel.
2010 Engine Updates:
The first prototype DD13 is installed in an Arrow XT PUC and wind tunnel testing has
started.
The first 2010 ISL is installed in a Saber/Custom Contender chassis and cooling
testing has begun.
While it is still early in the development and testing cycle, Pierce anticipates the
engines and their emissions systems to have little to no impact on vehicle
configurations and options.
2010 engine list price estimates are being provided for the purpose of budgetary
discussions. All estimates are relative to current engine offerings and are subject to
change.
o Detroit DD13 +$20,000
o Cummins '101SL +$15,000
o Cummins ISX +$23,000
Once again, in order to secure the specific horsepower, engine, accessories, and to
avoid any price increases,we strongly encourage you to urge your customer to
order prior to the end of September.
Transition Engine List:
Engine Chassis Alternator
S-60 470HP &515HP w/Jake, N 1650 AXTNelocity Niehoff
S-60 470HP & 515 HPw/Jake, N 1650 w/Repto AXTNelocity Niehoff
S-60 470HP & 515HP w/Jake, N 1650 Quantum Niehoff
S-60 470HP &515 HP w/Jake, N 1650 w/Repto Quantum Niehoff
ISM 500HP w/Jake, 1550 AXTNelocit; Niehoff
ISM 500HP w/Jake, 1550 w/Repto AXTNelocity Niehoff
ISM 500HP w/Jake, 1550 Quantum Niehoff
ISM 500HP w/Jake, 1550 w/Repto Quantum Niehoff
ISL 425HP w/Jake, N 1200 AXTNelocity/Impel Niehoff
ISL 425HP w/Jake, N 1200 w/Repto AXTNelocity/Impel Niehoff
ISL 425HP w/Jake, P 1200 Saber/Cust.Cont Pentex
ISL 425HP w/Jake, P 1200 w/Repto Saber/Cust.Cont Pentex
ISL 425HP w/oJake, P 1200 Saber/Cust.Cont Pentex
ISC 360HP w/Jake, P 1050 Saber/Cusl.Cont Pentex
2600 AMERICAN DRIVE • APPLETON , WI 54912-2017 • 920-932-3000
v 8 � E to E i.
w yg+
3 i{f S o 5 o O
C A 8 N l0
pp ppp _N �+ C
pc Ole
pa 2
m 'v a d — v m : F C. g
N my� �F. y3 I P3 E wp sP C.
.d2o cCg° y � � u � N � %i t �� 1.
, z Op $firt�� 0 ' '6a LLWpaelar E £ E
M toC W Y�0 jf
to � U W H LL
W
a
v
vc
e
� s -
s W o
>S L C o , o g To a S o
m OL 5 - �ti am P rn "
"IL E.
CEOi� yoi 0 o per =on Eo
V 8Y O ., ap ,
Y UONN .Lp � LL Q9 ; � @ACii6 �
tp u oqJa 40 oil
m I I
� = W ..i.1 JTw A J U. N m J
m
wv LU
Piffee Side-Roll Phro wikn System QaojEct►oN
The to-Ing and fro-Ing just became a lot less risky. fpNG`E
s
• p
By ion mom ftkxapby aupp6ed by ftse 0011W fwtdmtw ftn"featiallm
A firefighter's most frightening foe is a big sestbelt.YJhen that cartridge is ignited—making a sound I&e
a small caliber handguns--the gas expands in seven milliseconds,
honkingfire.Well that and heart attacks-- i> site a piston down a tube.At the limit of the istas's trave4 a
'^nil P
still the leading cause of firefighter fatalities. clutch engages to resist slippage The belt is nowt*tencd with as
much as 300 pounds of force,and it will have snugged down by
But what if it were just as easy to frustrate another source of 120mm—about the length of a cigar.The idea is to minimize the
fatalities— many as one quarter of then annually,in fact? movement of heads,shmsldem hips,and knees,thus reducing each
Yaud be onboard in a heanbeat,right? occupant's risk of oontact with hard interior surface.
We're tailtirg about traffic accidents on route,of course.And The drivers suspension seat is ratcheted down in similar
of those deaths,60 percent will be linked to a truck that ro4 fashion,though it requires a bigger piston producing almost 20W
Can't something be done about that? pounds of fora.The seat travels four inches,bottoms out,then is
Asa matter of fact,it ran. locked in place.
Even if rollovers cant be eliminated there's now a device that Until they're fired,the side airbags are hidden in the window
an make them a lot less deadly.It's called the Pierce Side Rog trim above the doors.Mounted on two tethers,each bag is three
Protection System,and here s how it works:A senor inside the feet long and ten inches in diameter.After deployment,they remain
cab monitors the truck's motion.if it detects an imminent roll, inflated for ten seconds,offering protection through even the
it initiates three events.First,it cinches every occupant's seatbd6 longest-duration accident.The bags reduce the risk of head injurin,
both in the cab and in the crew area.Second,it pulls;the drivers of courses but also help keep arms and torsos inside the cab,no
saspension seat to its lowest position.And third,it inflates aide small matter given the likelihood of shattered side windows.
airbags—one across the drives door window.,another across the According to the United States Fire Administration,27 percent of
first officer's door window. deaths in traffic collision have historically been linked to firefighters
Such safety katures have been common on run-of-the-mill being ejected from their vehicles.
autos for years.It's sonic that they haven't been applied to high- The system is triggered and in place in about the time it takes to
risk rescue equipment,Until now. swing a baseball bat Ali belts are pretenioned,and the driver's seat
At the Center for Advanced Product Evaluation in Indiana, is locked down in just,124 second.Meanwhile,the deployment of
engineers dressed crash dummies in firefighting regalia,then the airbags is momentarily delayed an that the front-seat occupants
subjected them to repeated rolls in Fierce cabs equipped with the —who nary already be leaning because of the trucks roll angle--can
Side Roo Protection System.For the occupants representing 170- be pulled upright and are centered on their seats.Only then can
to 215-pound males,head and neck injuries were reduced by 97 occupants make the greaten use of the airbags'cushioning.
percent.Ninety-seven percent,it's rax in life that any new product The fuel element of the system—low-tech but critical nonetheless
is as effective.Does your toothpaste reduce cavities by 97 percent? --is foam padding,applied liberally to the crew-cab surfaces most
The hardware for this system was fast developed in 1996.at a likely to contact occupants'heads and shoulders,
company called Indiana Mills&Manufacturing,Inc.(IMMM Engineers at IMMI subjected the Side Roil protection System to
famous for in seatbeits for four decades.For the last 18 months, all sorts of durability indignities—they grow it,scorched it,dunked
IMMh and Pierce hays customized the system for use in Pierces is in water.So far,the only reliable way to trick it is to refuse to
line of Custom Chassis--tits fun such application in any firetruck. buckle up.Even then,the protection devices in no way imperil an
The systems brain comprises a gyro and a solid-state sensing unbuckled occupant.
device—about the size of a or radio—that mounts in the truck's The Side Roll Protection System is available right now,As
headliner.It monitors the vehicles angle and rate of roll,and it standard equipment on Pierces Dash,lance,and Enfow chassis.
recognim the difference between low-and high-speed events. The Quantum will be similarly equipped by early 2004.
Suppose,for instance,you arrive at a scene and drive your truck
slowly into mushy ground or into an unseen ditch.In that case,
the sensor wain until the truck tips 60 degrees—the point of no
return—before triggering the protective devices.But if yours snw rw buaa.noes elne We to as"M nsssrm
navigatinga tight turn at 50 mph and the truck begins to roll,the �a"amrs a'atra�"'*MEAN M to la a�
raP sill naaonatm=1111rwsmWASraanFdmrnl &WaU
sensor may well trigger as early u 40 degrees That gives the w tsrr•r mprew rem iau n ruM Nrabaa erns a eras
restraints time to be in place by the 60-degree point of no reran. I M W.Us ass nna araaIndicted aaw'a'ea`era ON
Under each occupant's seat is a gas cartridge connected it his a are as tmwa assrn Fatty'onus°
PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC'
A.OS.N "TWJC COF>OP f�PR41
Certification Document CD0009
Velocity®& Impel®
Cab Integrity Certification
Pierce Manufacturing certifies the integrity of the VelocityAmpel cab relative to occupant
protection.
A specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the Velocity and Impel cab
models has been successfully tested in accordance with the following standards.
• SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.
• European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29.
• SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.
Side Impact: The test Cab was subjected to dynamic preload
where a 13,275lb moving barrier was slammed Into the side of
the cab at 5.5 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-Ibs of
ne eray. This test is not required to meet the ECE 29 standard,
but is pert of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely
represents the forces a cab will see in a roll-over incident.
Roof Crush: This same test cab was then subjected to a roof
crush force of 22 Ibs. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria,
which must be equivalent to the front axle rating up to a
maximum of 10 metric tons.
Additional Roof Crush: The same cab was then loaded with
58,000 Ibs, 85,000 Ibs, and finally 100.000 Ibs on the roof,
exceeding the ECE test by 4.5 times!
COM19 Cab lmegm. Cem6011011-VC4MI�0802? 1 71 a08
Frontal Impact: The test cab was struck by the 13.275 lb moving '
barrier at a speed sufficient to impart the required j2 600 ft-Ibs of
energy.
The cab survived this second blow without compromising the
survival space of any occupant area.
Additional frontal Impact:The same cab was then struck a
third time at a higher speed to Impart 65 200 ft-Ibs of energy into
the cab (twice the ECE 29 level of energy).
The cab survived this third blew, again without compromising the
survival space of any occupant area.
Side Crush:As an additional test of the Velocityllmpel strength,
the same test cab was set on its side and loaded to 100,000 Ibs.
The cab In this test withstood the load without any appreciable
damage or occupant space intrusion.
Pass-Fail criteria of the SAE tests and the ECE 29 test is a
measure of whether the survival space inside the cab is compromised during any of the test
loads.The Pierce cab withstood all integrity tests on the same cab without any measurable
Intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area,
Witnessed and Certified by:
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
James Roger Lackore, PE
January 24, 2008
CIXAX�C6 Wt#tln CenLFIM4011 \down n84123 2 pg•_pp8
Alw6 g/ao ,l&-e,QlinlJ�eA!'gIa7.6'r.�lIjty C06rn w
Velocity & Impel Custom Chassis
e'/4F- �/ &Aoz� wa4oaw�
1 UMITED WARRANTY 10,left fluids,gaskets.Nlws, and light buts Pierce alluMes no recponcibles
Subject to the ceulolnns and exclusions set forth below,and provided the for Me assembly Of Its puts o,tubessembles had finishing prodw:s w irehxAes
vehrde stag have been placed In service within sixty(60)days after delivery to WAOSS are SUM"a Performed by Pierce
the original purchaser(the'Buyer')as established by our ongnnal MWWa Pierce
Manufacturing Inc('Pence')warrants to the Buyer that the portions of its 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
Custom Chesser that are manufactured by Pierce shall be free hom defects in THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH t IS THE SOLE AND
material and workmanship for a warranty pedod ending tmdysol (36)months EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE PIERCE HEREBY DISCIANS
after the dale adelwery of the vehicle to the original purchaser or the first AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,
30,000 noes of use or 5000 hours(as determined by engine tours)or 5000 IMPLIED OR STATUTORY.INCLUDING WITHOUT UMITAnON ANY
hours,whichever lust oocrs,of the vends to the Buyer.This Imwred warranty WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A
shag apply only k the vehicle a property maintenned in accordance win Pierce's PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM
maintenance insUnolors and manuals and Is used in service,which is normal to COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE
the particular vehicle model.Normal service meansservice,which does not
subject the vehicle to stresses or Impacts greeter Mon normally result from the 3.BUYERS EXCWSIVE REMEDY.
carets uses the WeMde or dome If Our Buyer dkar✓ers a defad of If to vehicle fefa b cadwm to the warranty set forth In paragraph 1 dung the
nonconlerm7y,it must notify Pura in willing wdhin thirty(30)days attar IN wevanty parlod.and such nonnceiftem a not due to misuse,neglect accident
date of discovery,but in any event plot to the expiration of the warranty period or improper msmerrance.Buyer mum mity Peters wiMm tote fine owed
THIS UMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE specified n 1 and SW make pace paragraph th of P ,a any
a for inspection d lec by
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR Pieta a Its dmnpreled agent.N the ropiest a P'iera,arty 6IIBTedy defegrve
PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY vehicle satef be returned to Peace B for examinefnn andkx raper r
b1'Buyer parr of or
anak be responsible for Meastaaumtrensl>odeton araar(axaaseaer
The;sorted vrertany apples,where apploable,to Goldstar lamination defroster damage to the veNche dung menspartalon.Within 6 reasonable time.Piara
leaner col and motor blowier assembly(excluding the FET PWM module). shell MW Of replace let Plerce-s option and expense)any noxonformkp or
heater,or condadxng condenser coil and ler*WIN essemdy,at conditioning driledg a pars Repair a replaoemwf Meg be made onlVby a(edgy approved
evaporlfla Cog and moor blower assembly(excluding the drain pan pump and in advance In venting by Pierce THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE
thermostat),underseet healers coil and moles blower assembly(excluding to AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY
FET PWM modus),hvec electronic switches,Mac hoes and hard Ines,healer
water valve.Pierce PS6 sear Names and hardware,mechanical elemenat Of the A EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AV INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
Pierce One-Eleven minas,Pierce hands-free scbe holder.cracking or color NOMghsundnry anything to V Icanlrery hereof or in any agreemem between
loss of roto-molded components,the Peres TAKA iedependeM suspension Fierce and Buyer.IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
cornponene.MenAw rear axle.Webco ABS system,Sheppard staining gears, CONSEQUENTIAL.INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL.INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE
Champs transmission coder(including$10,000 collateral damage),cab door DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF
handles,spring suspension components.and gauge Instrument duster The ale CONTRACT.WARRANTY,TORT(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT
compressor.cab seat a interim upholstery,rntenor pant,steering lnkii and LIABILITY)OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,WITH RESPECT TO
pumps,light futures.exhaust,fuel,and cooling syssms are no covered under VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLO BY PIERCE,OR THEIR
Me 3 year enured warrant'and are instead covered under the Pierce Bass;One OPERATION OR FAILURE TOOPERATE OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN.OR
Year Limited Warranty ANY UNOERTAKINGS,ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
Notwithstanding enylhint to Vic contrary herein.Piave makes no warranty POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES Without 6eitng the gamesNy of the
whatsoewt as to(a)any offer integral pars,componMts,anacnmerds or trade bregoing.Pence specifically disclaims any babilky for property or personal hry'ury
sccasaaies of or to the vehicle tut are not manufactured by Pierce.including d"ge,pendals,damages for loll profs or revMeas.bas of vehess or
but not bmited to engines.transmissions,dtivelnes,axles,water pumps and products of any associated equipment.cat of su6Mluge vehicles or
generators.win go al
l l such pars,components,etledvnens and dowa6me.dele'Y damages,any otter types of economic loss.a fa products.
acoessoas.Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable WarraMaes.0 any,made by any Uwd party for any such damages
by the respedne manufacturers thereof.(b)any vehicle,chassis,or component
Part aftacrnent oraccessory damaged by misuse,neglect,improper Note.Arty Swirly Bond.it a pan of the a*a the vehicle as to which to IYMW
maintenance or accndem,(c)any vehx9e.chassis or component.pad warranty is provided apples only to that(lard Basic One Year Limited
adachrnent or=may that has been replied skated or assembled in any Warranty for such vehicle,and not to Ww wemanbes mode by Prime in a
way by any person or entity other then Pierce which,in the sole Judgmimill of separate document(d any)or to the warranba(Zany)trade by any
Para.adversely alleds the performance stability on purpose for which d was manufacturer(othw than Peirce)of any part,component.al lCWnent or
manufactured or(d)products or parts which may in the ordmary course wear scone ory gat a m orpwded into or affected to the vehicle
ant and have to be replaced during the warranty paned including but not limited Rev 812006
, rTrl
Three and Four Section 75',', 100' and 105' serial ladders
]y11QED WARRANTY Z DISCIa1NER5 OF WARRANTIES
SuW to the imitations and!crxlmio s set farih below,end provided the nW* THE W AI SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND E1(CLUSAE
dull have been plaid in service within tidy(60)days after delivery to the WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
orlpind purchaser(the'Buyer )as eshifted by am croon imaice,for a ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
period acing on the fiM to occur of*a expiration at twenty(20)yam or INCLUDING wntiout LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABNITY,
100,100 min of use,Pon Manufacturing Inc.("PbrceK)warrants to the ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,AND ANY
Ouyn to such ow Thin aM Four Senior 75'.1011'and 105'kdAl Ladder WARRANRES ARISING FROM COURSE OF OEAU06 OR USAGE OF TRADE.
of its manufacture which b IhsteOed on Its Res and Rum Apparatus vehicle
shot be free front dolects in dnigm and wwrumentNµ Tit werrenty alai wilir 3 RUVER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
ody to as torpor haw,Tameable,aeriet a"aft Our structural euoo- N 1r vskle faB k owdonn to wrndy ad Tenth in paragraph 1 dump
nerds d the serial&ft as i KAW in the Piero spertNeetions for the uetd The wemoly period,deal arch antes orsmily b M due to mime,nepkcl
tlerlea.Die rurraty shut be veld V,or to the roam Nettle aerie device Is accident or improper meld troom Buyer mad nB"Pierce within the None
not mamtanmd in odd earpimxa while NFPA SI Mad 1014 in effect at time period specified in paragraph T,and ail mob it vehicle eatable her
of sale,incluft such peredc kqubesm aM testing by soft thin)parties Inspadbn 66yy Farce or He dpa���equal.At the regsmai d Pierce,ay
as are req red by the Standard as o may be In effect from tine to time Prod dpgedy rlafsfive vddele dm16e Rturi to P•mme by Buyer tot Wros m
d such mpllarce shell uccdnPar9'any shims order this werreny,lhid
ante repdr.&ryer shah ion responsible for lea cost of such transportation,
party testing agesrcies boom to Pierce to he uat6d for such purpesea ray and far rot of Ira of a damage N the vehicle iris tmrapartotion Within
be chucked her the Rene Customer Sere Dapat ened This Nodded weeraty a recounde time,Pierce shut rop r or replace(at Pkrce'a option and
shot apply a*1 the acrid device b property mahMl ul in accordance with "rise)ay ancamenn aO or dllet ire park Reper or replecua+ent old
Farce's malderrnoe indmetoes ad manwls ad is used in service which k ber mde by a(aeRty revue n adrarwa fit wriAnq pay Pleroe THIS
aael to IN particular roh cle maid.Nsrmal service mesa arvie whleh REMEDY SHALL BE THE EX �USIVE AMD SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH
does Out allied to cartel date da or vehicle to sb than
or impacts greater th OF WARRANTY.
"arm*real honk the careful use of lee tourist deuce or wlide.N the Byer l EXIRl1SIDN OF CDAISEDNEIIMI no INCIDENTAL BANAGES
discover;a dried or nauerdomtly of red notl,Pero in an"within thirty
(30)days after the date Of discrmry,but in cry avant prior to Thai expiration of NoMiUdendnp sasything to IN contrary haeln V in an a reamtd
the warranty parled.THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR between Rates and Buyer,IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR
DTHERMSE TRANSFERRED BY THE RIM TO ANY SUBSE0UENT USER OR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL SPECIAL INDIRECT,OR PUNITIVE
PURCHASER DR TO ANY OVER PERSON OR ENTITY. DAMAGES WHATSOEVER WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CON-
TRACT,WARRANTY,TORT ONCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LMBADY)
11"dandinq anything to Its contrary heMR Pierce makes no wer edy OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,Wi RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR
whats ur er N to(a)any keid parts,eemwwtk almchmerds or bade OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE,OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO
aaeaorin of or to the Vehicle tied or tit manufactured!by Piers,but OPERK OR MY DEFECTS THEREIN,OR ANY INNIEEITAMS&AM OR
hstesA the applicable w1=ft N ay,d the respective mrsutadurert DUtMONS RELATED THERETO,REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS
thered dual a*,(b)say wince,closis,or campanod,part a invol or BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.Without
aeaaory damped by loser,targfed,Improper mabdamnce or accident;(c) Braking the geaaNy of the foregoing,Pierce spadBcaly disclaims any
say vesicle ch su b or eerroarwhL lai anachnent it accessory the hes been liability for property Or seemed lyury dosrges,perigee,t earegas far tat
to"akrd at memhld in an way by soy pain or a"Was On Pdib or aevenun,loft of"hides or products or any aaocbbd ewgnsM,
Pierce which,in fk seek d ofPbme,admuey affects ace,the perform cos!ofaulditule vehicles or products,dam-time,delay damage,my
stability or purpose for which nsarMadurod;or(d)products or pats over typrs of econamk has,or for any claims by soy Ihbd party foray
which nay nits ordafry aura war ad and have to be replaced during the such daagn.
wwradypetdirckdbg put not liriitsdk hems,Hotels,polish and VIM Abe:Alybv had lipwit1wmkslobttlble all aANiatiaAlmledaa-
bJbs,Rita auumtea no reyeabiiy for the asaaby of its parts or a)- rawyIAOW9 Awk&*At orAOM Arab Oe Nat EAdsdlbt"AN,nai
weemNn Imo finished products or vehicle unless the nsmtly Is performed NWA W dot A#AV arprada oft IyPhad Aa ryari d lY(#Ay)a
by Pierce. to As amabr(F say)mob by ATasaaukoaa(Plan Am Mrea)afaq yal
The moral purchaser cry viral Udt wren my in part or is a eateey IT use or mpoNt ibcbw at WJM7 Am A;Anwryasldlaa if AdpowAr Au adidA
more structural conpateds ore repaired it replaced(a)without Of written
approval d the Pierce Cudm er Service Department;or(b)at e fact"which �f
has not been approwd by Piers as to tednical capability.
Aw. 'Wua PC Pf0 M,4 VKC NO OinEN
a.�?I-B r�arEs-�sro!r�'aowe-.��/(raaal chi
FIX Pump
IJ� ' Won"aW4
T LIMITED WARRANTY period speulfed In paragraph L and shad make the PUC Pump and Ile vehicle
Swaged to the limdaliaw and exck si ns set forth below. seed provided the avaseble for Inspection by Pierce or its designerd agent At the request Of
vNotle shall hew been planed n service whin suety(60)days alter deewry to Pierce.any asegmly delediw PUC Pump at air canpaanM sw be mkxw
to original purchaser(the'Buyer)as 85106hed by our orW invoice.for a to Pence by Buyer for eaesrwlbn a"repay Buyer shall be respo uft for
waarny period ending the aener al six(6)years or 3000 pain he MW the the cost at such transportation,will for risk of last of or damage to M vencN
date of delivery of the vehicle to The Buyer,Pierce Manufacturing Inc ('Pare') during uairs"en. Within a eesonare bme.Pierce shall repair or replace
wenanh to the Buyer OW Be PUC Pump and is components manufactured (at Pimck Option and expense)any mrouddrmrg or collective parts Repay
under the Pierce Ord in ds Fire are Resew Apperctue vehicle slid be bee or replacement slid he made only by a fadBy approved in edwm in wnMg
from slums caused by deledivw design orwakmweAip This hunted warranty by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY
shall apply only if the veNde his pral maintained and serviced in accordance FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY
wed Perce's mevama rs i hructials and manuats, and as used In service
which his normal for the paw r vehicle moesL Normal swwa mend arm a. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL AND CERTAIN
winch does not stabled the vehicle to stresses or inspack greater M nmmay OTHER DiAMAOES.
result from the crefil use of Ina vehicle or chassis R the Buyer discirm a NolwpalsWag myriag to the canary Aetaln or in any apsemrd belvaen
dafact or nceconformy. A not nary Piece in wring wmwr thirty(30)days Palm and Buyer. IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
aller to dale of discovery, but in any evert prior to to expiration of the CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONTINGENT OR
vi immiy penal. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER,WHETHER ARISING
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING
USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LABLITY)OR UNDER ANY OTHER THEORY
OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITn RESPECT TO THE PUC PUMP OR OTHER
This limited waramy applies to We PLIC Pump and d as components ITEMS COVERED BY THIS WARRANTY, OR THEIR OPERATION OR
m inuM4aed uder The peace brand lams not manufactured under the Pierce FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THIMIN. OR ANY
Mad such as valves,dufch,and retail valves orwea ants such as war rings. UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, OR ANY
sees,bearings or cosh of removal,transporting,starting,or ebatadallan am not NON-DELIVERY OR DEIAYED DELIVERY THEREOF, OR OTHERWISE
cared by Ire sayer linked wwwty and are insect cowered uer the REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
Pierce Basic One yew Lamled Warranty POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. WIlarA"b gelid of Be
Aaegoing.Pierce specifically dbderms any Mebilay far"Party or personal nFAy
NDMdneerdirg wrylwg b We Cony" heren. Prince makes no wenandy damages.P"Ift,damages era lost profls or WiSMAL lac of we of whow
vinalsoever as to(a)any component,part egaChmanl or accessory,damaged or products of my asodeed equipmeml,coal of suhstaae vehicles of products.
by mrae,neglect npropir maxim arcs or we dens:a(b)any ampor". downame.bat good will,delay darepes or any Other on of economic Im.
Part.wMclmrM Of accessory IW has been nepa ad,asered or m sembled in a for any daft by any phial pant la ay such damages cash or bow
any way by any perm or entry caw men Pierce whrdv in the ace pdgaens of
Re=.adwmely adach the pedamance.stabBy or purpose for which it was Note Any Surely Bond,I a pert of the nee of Ie vehicle the PIIC Pump of
numulactued which it cowed by this knala d warranty.appaea only to the Pierce Basra One
Year Linlled Warranty for such vehicle,and net to on six year innsd wanarsy
This Imded verrmly slid be voided if PUC Pump to replied or replaced al only or any der warranties made by Para in aseparate dxrnwa(d rry)Or e the
faaty fret has rot been approved in advance in wnwg by fierce as bits warranties(Iry)made by any manufacturer(oft am Pence)of airy W.
techroca capability coaponem, aaechrrem or accessory Mal is
Incorporated Into or attached bore vehicle I4fgm
2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES Rev.41D1
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH N PARAGRAPH t IS THE SOLE AND ""' """'""'
EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS
AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS.
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM
COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3 BUYERS EXCLUSIVE REMEDY
If the PUC Pump fah to corAansb fhe weaamy set bih in paragrtgn 1 dung
the warranty pmod. and such nonconformity a not due to misuse neglect
accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notdy Pierce wlatin the time
PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC
ar.os•llws,COReORA*lOM collP.bY
Certification Document C00015
Velocity®& Impel®
Air Conditioning
Pierce Manufacturing certifies the performance of the Velocity®& Impelo cab air conditioning
system.
The Velocity®& Impel°Air Conditioning System was tested successfully in an environmental
chamber.
Air conditioning performance testing was conducted at an ambient of 100e17 and 50 percent
relative humidity. Engine speed was maintained at high idle rpm with the controls set to
maximum cooling.
The vehicle was heat soaked in the environmental chamber for at least 4 hours. All
temperature probes were monitored to confirm temperature stabilization. The transient test
began when all the vehicle doors were closed and the air conditioning turned on.A series of 40
temperature and pressure transducers collected the data which was logged for each
transducer at 15 second intervals.
The average cab temperature dropped to 750 F within 11 minutes, and was at 670 F by the end
of the 30 minute test.
Pluee veixny Prato"
R4660Ew War RAN Cwtd mr
NC PW00wn Cebp~-b 1NTM41
100•!d r�RM en0nu 9•Oe bb Yunwem burl,pbl W FiMI
c • � l --i r—. l r—
.Cs_ TF
.�(� rlbnunu.
CIXR'Ih an C011111110010F \'rincm OAJFIO I i g'yAA
VALIDATION TEST: RD1416
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
James Roger Lackore, PE
June 10, 2008
CrKhM{n Candnanmt-xelwl' owwP 2 't=
ZONE
Solid state electronics
Real time diagnostics 0
Allows for future software updates
Diagnostics via modem
Mission critical programming
Diagnostics on PC soffviare
Diagnostics on Palm as software 0
Diagnostics on display
Electra luminescent 1 i4 VGA display
Flexible nodule selection WON
Easily interchangeable hardware emnponerts mom
Water-proof modules isubmersiblel
Water-proof display (submersible)
Module function clearly labeled
Ground plane circuit boards
Extruded aluminum housing
Developed specifically for the fire industry
Display can replace gauges
Display available in foreign languages '
In-house programming and design staff
15-amp bridgeable solid-state outputs
Designed and tested to meet military specifications
20-year system support
Dealer/customer technical training program s.
All putter connections sealed Q
Transient voltage capable to 100 volts 0
Components tested to 50 g's
ASTM 117 corrosion salt spray tested
Temperature range -40 to 45 C
Susceptibility tests Kdth full function to 200v pet sq. meter
The Strength of a Leader
Oshkosh and Pierce Financial Talking Points for Pierce Dealers
Not sales
aom a�r
�r,000
Oshkosh Fiscal 2008 Highlights
• Sales incre46ed 13.2%to 37.1 billion KA00
o IrAefrlatior id sales were 82.1 billion,or 30%of total sales. po00
o W&A'aWgains and record orders at Pierce and am -
dofifse: itaa
• Cosl.Redticti ,$ott oprillion in annual savings.
e
r y M
Fi►e a ' 11e r
. Fi
y., ` .baairlDg .gaeaee�.9,�$�r. t
- �Ax
_'f#tabct
•+Wei•-�ilr-
- wryr,eM,1w.�,NM11[_
27,.`
Patio Yt . u '',-r` I-:• - . . ..r. `rry ��-`, . .••�' .,N
ep:iodicemr 9f ttt4 YQ,
rar Thd loirn th41 :per
t nee boridfnilicatie?�thehfpiiar .
�� n 8 bEfi company has in the '
be far less then our •
- .fin 0•,4^ • L.. YR
e anActifteN are not able lid provide
parforinance bonds. T
THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION
Revised: February 26,2009
THE PIERCE UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
THE BODY MOUNTING SUBSTRUCTURE FOR A
PIERCE SECOND GENERATION PUMPER BODY
A pumper, due to severe loading requirements, necessitates a method of bode and
compartment support suitable for the intended load. Pierce engineers have designed a
substructure support we refer to as an underbody support system.
The backbone of the system is the frame which is the strongest component of the chassis
and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. The compartments of many
manufacturers vehicles simply "hang" from the body outside of the frame in an
unsupported fashion. Over years of use. this type of design causes cracking of the body
welds and allows the body sides and compartment floors to sag. The Pierce underbody
support system is engineered to prevent this. and allows Pierce to provide extremely high
compartment load ratings.
The support system
begins with 3/8" thick
steel vertical angle
supports(A) bolted to +
the chassis flame rails
with 518"dia. bolts. H7
.Attached to the bottom
of these steel vertical
angles are horizontal
angles(B), gusseted and welded to the
vertical members, extending to the outside edge of
the body. A steel frame(C) is then mounted on top
of this to create a "floating substructure" which
results in 500 pounds equipment support per
lower compartment.
This frame is separated from the horizontal
members with neoprene elastomer isolators
(D). These isolators reduce the natural flex
stresses of the chassis from being transmitted
_ to the body. Pierce uses a modified N"
three point mounting pattern, The isolators
are outboard of the framr rails at the front.
and inboard of the rails at the rear.
Additional reinforcing (E) may be added for
extra support.
This system transfers the stress of the loads carried in the compartments to the frame
rails of the chassis. where it belongs, providing extended body life. This enables
Pierce to issue a TEN YEAR structural warranty on all Second Generation Pumper
bodies.
The underbody support system
has been designed, engineered.
and tested thoroughly. The
! testing at the Pierce R&D
facility using model analysis,
stres.,coatings, and strain
O gauge testing has proven the
integrity of the Pierce Second
Generation Body. The Pierce
Second Generation Body
includes a specially designed
rear tow bar as standard. This
tow bar has also been tested
using strain gauging and finite
element analysis techniques.
Before installation,the entire underbody support system and the compartment body is
chemically washed, primed, and finish painted separately. This assures complete isolation
of dissimilar metals,allowing Pierce to offer a TEN YEAR corrosion perforation
warranty.
The Choice is Clear. The Choice is Pierce.
i